1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes true
128 \output_changes false
133 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
149 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
151 \begin_inset CommandInset href
153 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
164 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 \begin_inset Newline newline
172 \begin_inset Note Note
175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
176 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
177 \begin_inset Newline newline
182 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
190 \begin_layout Standard
191 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
192 LatexCommand tableofcontents
199 \begin_layout Chapter
203 \begin_layout Section
207 \begin_layout Standard
208 LyX is a document preparation system.
209 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
210 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
211 It is unlike most other
212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
219 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
221 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
237 pt type, left justified, 5
238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
246 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
250 \begin_layout Standard
251 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
264 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
268 \begin_layout Standard
270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
281 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
282 the format of all of the manuals.
283 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
284 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
301 \begin_layout Section
305 \begin_layout Standard
306 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
308 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
309 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
313 \begin_layout Standard
314 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
315 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
316 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
318 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
319 only a vertical scrollbar.
320 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
321 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
322 This, however, is due
323 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
324 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
325 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
326 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
328 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
329 this doesn't work for equations yet.
332 \begin_layout Standard
333 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
341 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
346 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
347 ing sections of this documentation.
350 \begin_layout Section
354 \begin_layout Standard
355 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
360 of the manuals from inside LyX.
361 Just select the manual you want read from the
368 \begin_layout Section
370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
372 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
379 \begin_layout Standard
380 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
381 without resorting to configuration files.
382 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
383 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
384 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_inset Index idx
392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
400 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
405 \begin_inset space \space{}
408 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
409 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
411 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_inset Index idx
418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
419 Reconfiguration of LyX
424 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
427 \begin_layout Section
429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
431 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
438 \begin_layout Standard
439 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
440 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
442 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
443 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
447 \begin_layout Standard
448 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
450 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
451 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
454 \begin_layout Standard
455 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
456 you can view from the menu
458 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
477 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
478 reconfigure LyX (menu
480 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
484 \begin_inset Note Note
487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
488 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
496 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
497 More about TeX Code is described in section
502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
504 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
508 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
515 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
525 \begin_inset Index idx
528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
529 Reconfiguration of LyX
534 See section 5.1 of the
538 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
541 \begin_layout Chapter
545 \begin_layout Section
546 Basic File Operations
547 \begin_inset Index idx
550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
559 \begin_layout Standard
564 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
565 in addition to some more advanced operations:
568 \begin_layout Itemize
572 \begin_inset Graphics
573 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
575 groupId toolbarbuttons
582 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_inset Graphics
607 filename ../images/file-open.png
609 groupId toolbarbuttons
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_inset Graphics
629 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
631 groupId toolbarbuttons
638 \begin_layout Itemize
648 \begin_layout Itemize
662 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Itemize
684 \begin_layout Itemize
690 \begin_inset Graphics
691 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
693 groupId toolbarbuttons
700 \begin_layout Itemize
706 \begin_layout Standard
707 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
708 a few minor differences.
711 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
726 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
727 you for a template to use.
728 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
729 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
730 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
738 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
745 \begin_layout Standard
746 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
778 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
779 space is just that — a big, blank space.
787 \begin_layout Standard
808 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
813 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
838 will reload the document from disk.
839 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
840 and want to restore it to the last save.
849 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
850 can identify them as your changes.
853 \begin_layout Section
854 Basic Editing Features
855 \begin_inset Index idx
858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
867 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
874 \begin_layout Standard
875 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
876 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
877 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
878 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
880 We'll start with cut and paste.
883 \begin_layout Standard
884 As you might expect, the
888 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
889 various other editing features.
890 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
894 \begin_layout Itemize
900 \begin_inset Graphics
901 filename ../images/cut.png
903 groupId toolbarbuttons
910 \begin_layout Itemize
916 \begin_inset Graphics
917 filename ../images/copy.png
919 groupId toolbarbuttons
926 \begin_layout Itemize
932 \begin_inset Graphics
933 filename ../images/paste.png
935 groupId toolbarbuttons
942 \begin_layout Itemize
952 \begin_layout Itemize
962 \begin_layout Itemize
976 \begin_inset Graphics
977 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
979 groupId toolbarbuttons
986 \begin_layout Standard
987 The first three are self-explanatory.
988 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
989 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
998 keys also function as the
1003 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
1004 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
1005 You'll have to do an
1009 to get back the lost text.
1012 \begin_layout Standard
1013 \begin_inset Index idx
1016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1022 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1031 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1034 \begin_layout Standard
1037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1039 \begin_inset space ~
1042 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1048 \begin_inset space ~
1053 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1059 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1063 \begin_inset space ~
1068 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1069 will start a new paragraph.
1072 \begin_layout Standard
1073 \begin_inset Index idx
1076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1083 \begin_inset Index idx
1086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1094 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1096 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1118 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1123 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1135 \begin_inset space ~
1140 button to skip the current word.
1144 \begin_inset space ~
1149 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1153 \begin_inset space ~
1158 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1160 If the toggle is set, searching for
1161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1172 will not match the word
1173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 Match whole words only
1189 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1218 LyX offers also an advanced
1221 \begin_inset space ~
1225 \begin_inset space ~
1230 feature that is described in sec.
1231 \begin_inset space ~
1235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1237 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1244 \begin_layout Standard
1245 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1246 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1248 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1253 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1260 \begin_layout Section
1262 \begin_inset Index idx
1265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1272 \begin_inset Index idx
1275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1284 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1291 \begin_layout Standard
1292 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1293 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1296 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1299 or the toolbar button
1300 \begin_inset Graphics
1301 filename ../images/undo.png
1303 groupId toolbarbuttons
1307 to undo some mistake.
1308 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1310 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1313 or the toolbar button
1314 \begin_inset Graphics
1315 filename ../images/redo.png
1317 groupId toolbarbuttons
1322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1329 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1333 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1336 \begin_layout Standard
1337 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1346 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1347 This is a consequence of the 100
1348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1351 step undo limit, above.
1354 \begin_layout Standard
1363 work on almost everything in LyX.
1364 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1368 \begin_layout Section
1370 \begin_inset Index idx
1373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1382 \begin_layout Standard
1383 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1386 \begin_layout Enumerate
1391 \begin_layout Itemize
1396 once anywhere in the edit window.
1397 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1401 \begin_layout Enumerate
1406 \begin_layout Itemize
1412 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1415 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1418 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1421 \begin_layout Itemize
1422 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1424 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1431 \begin_layout Enumerate
1432 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1436 \begin_layout Standard
1437 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1438 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1442 \begin_layout Enumerate
1447 \begin_layout Standard
1452 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1457 \begin_layout Section
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1461 name "sec:Navigating"
1466 \begin_inset Index idx
1469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1479 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1482 \begin_layout Itemize
1487 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1488 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1491 \begin_layout Itemize
1494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1497 or the toolbar button
1498 \begin_inset Graphics
1499 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1501 groupId toolbarbuttons
1508 \begin_layout Standard
1509 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1510 (TOC) that is described in section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1517 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1522 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1523 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1524 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1525 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1526 to the document, see section
1527 \begin_inset space ~
1531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1533 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1542 option sorts the current list, and the
1546 option keeps it in the current view state.
1547 Keeping means that when you have e.
1548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1552 \begin_inset space \space{}
1555 the subsections of section
1556 \begin_inset space ~
1559 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1560 \begin_inset space ~
1563 3, the subsections of section
1564 \begin_inset space ~
1567 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1572 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1579 \begin_layout Standard
1581 \begin_inset space \space{}
1585 \begin_inset Graphics
1586 filename ../images/down.png
1588 groupId toolbarbuttons
1593 \begin_inset space ~
1597 \begin_inset space \space{}
1601 \begin_inset Graphics
1602 filename ../images/up.png
1604 groupId toolbarbuttons
1609 \begin_inset space ~
1612 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1614 So you can for example move section
1615 \begin_inset space ~
1619 \begin_inset space ~
1623 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1625 \begin_inset Graphics
1626 filename ../images/promote.png
1628 groupId toolbarbuttons
1633 \begin_inset Graphics
1634 filename ../images/demote.png
1636 groupId toolbarbuttons
1640 or the corresponding key bindings
1648 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1649 So you can for example make section
1650 \begin_inset space ~
1654 \begin_inset space ~
1658 \begin_inset space ~
1664 \begin_layout Standard
1666 \begin_inset Graphics
1667 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1669 groupId toolbarbuttons
1673 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1674 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1675 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1676 go back to your last editing position.
1679 \begin_layout Section
1680 Input / Word Completion
1681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1683 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1688 \begin_inset Index idx
1691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1698 \begin_inset Index idx
1701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1732 \begin_layout Standard
1733 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1735 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1736 is used to propose completions.
1739 \begin_layout Standard
1740 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1741 there are completions available.
1742 You can then press the
1746 key to use this completion.
1747 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1748 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1749 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1756 \begin_layout Standard
1757 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1759 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1762 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1764 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1767 by deselecting the option
1774 Automatic inline completion
1776 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1777 To accept this proposal, use the
1786 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1787 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1795 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1802 \begin_layout Section
1804 \begin_inset Index idx
1807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1814 \begin_inset Index idx
1817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1846 \begin_inset Index idx
1849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1880 \begin_layout Standard
1881 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1882 LyX's default is CUA.
1885 \begin_layout Standard
1889 \begin_inset space ~
1897 \begin_inset space ~
1918 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1922 \begin_layout Labeling
1923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1927 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1928 LatexCommand nomenclature
1930 description "Tabulator key"
1936 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1937 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1938 \begin_inset space ~
1942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1944 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1951 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1955 , especially section
1956 \begin_inset space ~
1960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1962 reference "sub:Lists"
1968 If you're still confused, look in the
1975 \begin_layout Labeling
1976 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1980 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1981 LatexCommand nomenclature
1983 description "Escape key"
1990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1997 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1998 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2001 \begin_layout Labeling
2002 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2008 \begin_inset space ~
2012 \begin_inset space ~
2019 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2020 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2024 \begin_layout Standard
2025 There are three modifier keys:
2028 \begin_layout Labeling
2029 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2047 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2048 LatexCommand nomenclature
2050 description "Control key"
2054 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2055 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2059 \begin_layout Itemize
2068 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2071 \begin_layout Itemize
2080 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2083 \begin_layout Itemize
2092 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2096 \begin_layout Labeling
2097 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2115 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2116 LatexCommand nomenclature
2118 description "Shift key"
2122 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2123 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2126 \begin_layout Labeling
2127 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2145 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2146 LatexCommand nomenclature
2148 description "Alt or Meta key"
2152 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2153 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2154 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2160 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2162 menu accelerator keys
2165 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2166 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2170 \begin_layout Standard
2171 For example, the sequence
2172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2178 \begin_inset space ~
2182 \begin_inset space ~
2188 \begin_inset space ~
2196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2215 \begin_inset space ~
2221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2231 \begin_layout Standard
2236 manual lists all other things bound to the
2244 \begin_layout Standard
2245 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2246 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2247 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2248 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2249 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2250 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2251 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2252 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2268 followed by a capital
2275 \begin_layout Standard
2276 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2278 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2283 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2286 as explained in sec.
2287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2293 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2300 \begin_layout Chapter
2302 \begin_inset Index idx
2305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2314 \begin_layout Section
2316 \begin_inset Index idx
2319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2328 \begin_layout Subsection
2332 \begin_layout Standard
2333 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2334 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2335 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2336 numbering schemes, and so on.
2337 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2338 and format the title of your document differently.
2341 \begin_layout Standard
2346 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2347 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2348 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2349 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2350 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2353 \begin_layout Standard
2354 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2355 how to adjust their properties.
2358 \begin_layout Subsection
2360 \begin_inset Index idx
2363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2372 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2379 \begin_layout Standard
2380 You can select a class using the
2382 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2383 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2387 \begin_inset Index idx
2390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2397 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2401 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2405 \begin_layout Standard
2406 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2410 \begin_layout Description
2411 Article for basic articles
2414 \begin_layout Description
2415 Report for basic reports
2418 \begin_layout Description
2419 Book for writing a book
2422 \begin_layout Description
2423 Letter for US-style letters
2426 \begin_layout Standard
2427 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2428 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2429 will include many of these.
2430 Here are some of the classes.
2431 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2433 Special Document Classes
2442 \begin_layout Description
2443 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2446 \begin_layout Description
2447 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2451 \begin_layout Description
2452 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2456 \begin_layout Description
2457 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2458 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2459 There are three article layouts available.
2460 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2461 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2462 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2463 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2468 sequential numbering
2469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2472 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2473 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2474 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2475 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2478 \begin_layout Description
2479 Beamer Layout for presentations
2482 \begin_layout Description
2483 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2484 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2488 \begin_layout Description
2489 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2492 \begin_layout Description
2494 \begin_inset space ~
2497 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Foils Used to make transparencies
2508 \begin_layout Description
2509 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2510 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2514 \begin_layout Description
2515 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2516 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2519 \begin_layout Description
2520 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2523 \begin_layout Description
2524 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2527 \begin_layout Description
2528 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2529 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2530 (Is used by this document.)
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2537 \begin_layout Description
2538 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2541 \begin_layout Description
2546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2553 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2554 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2556 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2559 \begin_layout Description
2560 Slides Used to make transparencies
2563 \begin_layout Description
2565 \begin_inset space ~
2568 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2569 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2572 \begin_layout Description
2573 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2576 \begin_layout Standard
2577 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2579 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2585 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2586 of the document classes.
2589 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2593 \begin_layout Standard
2595 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2596 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2597 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2598 You will probably find
2600 that many of the document classes listed under
2602 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2603 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2605 \begin_inset Index idx
2608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2626 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2627 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2628 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2629 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2634 \begin_inset space ~
2643 receive a warning saying that
2644 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2645 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2647 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2648 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2652 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2656 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2659 that something is wrong.
2662 \begin_layout Standard
2664 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2666 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2670 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2671 and some of them, like
2675 , are highly specialized.
2677 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2680 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2681 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2682 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2683 by some document class.
2684 There are just too many of them.
2685 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2688 \begin_layout Standard
2689 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2697 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2698 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2699 document class for a new file.
2700 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2705 Installing new LaTeX files
2706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2713 manual for information on how to install them.
2714 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2720 \begin_layout Standard
2721 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2722 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2724 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2725 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2726 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2728 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2731 \begin_inset space ~
2738 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2741 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2750 \begin_inset Index idx
2753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2762 \begin_layout Standard
2763 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2764 chosen document class.
2765 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2766 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2773 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2777 \begin_inset Index idx
2780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2787 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Some modules require LaTeX packages
2793 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
2794 or file format converters
2796 that are not always installed by default.
2797 LyX will warn you if you do not have
2798 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
2800 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
2804 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
2805 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
2808 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2809 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2810 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
2811 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
2813 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
2817 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2819 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
2821 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
2824 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2826 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2830 \begin_inset Index idx
2833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2834 Reconfiguration of LyX
2840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2843 Installing new LaTeX files
2844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2851 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2854 \begin_layout Standard
2855 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2863 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2864 LyX will advise you about these things.
2872 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2876 \begin_layout Standard
2877 Each class has a default set of options.
2878 Here's a quick table describing them:
2881 \begin_layout Standard
2882 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2888 \begin_layout Standard
2890 \begin_inset Tabular
2891 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2892 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2895 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2896 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2897 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3351 \begin_layout Standard
3352 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3358 \begin_layout Standard
3359 You're probably also wondering what
3360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3364 \begin_inset space ~
3368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3372 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3373 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3378 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3383 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3393 headings, there are also
3401 headings, and so on.
3402 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3403 \begin_inset space ~
3407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3409 reference "sub:Headings"
3416 \begin_layout Subsection
3418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3420 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3425 \begin_inset Index idx
3428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3437 \begin_inset Index idx
3440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3452 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3463 \begin_inset space ~
3468 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3470 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3471 to use for your document.
3472 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3476 \begin_layout Standard
3483 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3489 \begin_inset space ~
3494 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3495 You can choose between the following five options:
3498 \begin_layout Labeling
3499 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3504 Use default page style of current class.
3507 \begin_layout Labeling
3508 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3513 No page numbers or headings.
3516 \begin_layout Labeling
3517 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3525 \begin_layout Labeling
3526 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3531 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3532 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3533 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3536 \begin_layout Labeling
3537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3542 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3548 \begin_inset Index idx
3551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3552 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3558 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3559 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3561 Check the documentation for the
3565 package for more details,
3566 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3580 of paragraphs is described in section
3581 \begin_inset space ~
3585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3587 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3594 \begin_layout Subsection
3595 Paper Size and Orientation
3596 \begin_inset Index idx
3599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3600 Document ! Paper size
3606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3608 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3615 \begin_layout Standard
3616 You'll find the following options in the menu
3619 \begin_inset space ~
3624 of the dialog of the
3626 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3632 \begin_inset Index idx
3635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3644 \begin_layout Labeling
3645 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3649 \begin_inset space ~
3654 What size paper to print on.
3658 \begin_layout Itemize
3664 \begin_layout Itemize
3674 \begin_layout Itemize
3680 \begin_layout Itemize
3686 \begin_layout Itemize
3692 \begin_layout Itemize
3698 \begin_layout Itemize
3704 \begin_layout Labeling
3705 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3710 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3721 \begin_layout Labeling
3722 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3726 \begin_inset space ~
3731 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3732 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3735 \begin_layout Subsection
3737 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3744 \begin_inset Index idx
3747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3754 \begin_inset Index idx
3757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3766 \begin_layout Standard
3767 Paper margins are set in the menu
3769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3773 \begin_inset Index idx
3776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3785 \begin_layout Standard
3786 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3787 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3788 the paper format and the font size into account.
3791 \begin_layout Subsection
3795 \begin_layout Standard
3796 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3801 That includes the paragraph environments.
3802 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3803 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3804 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3805 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3814 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3816 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3817 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3818 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3821 \begin_layout Section
3822 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3823 \begin_inset Index idx
3826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3827 Paragraph ! Indentation
3835 \begin_layout Subsection
3837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3839 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3846 \begin_layout Standard
3847 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3848 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3851 \begin_layout Standard
3852 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3853 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3854 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3855 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3859 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3865 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3866 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3867 language than English.
3868 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3872 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3873 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3875 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3876 LyX takes care of that.
3877 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3879 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3880 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3881 of a page, and so on.
3885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3886 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3891 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3892 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3896 of these pre-coded spacings.
3897 We'll explain more later.
3900 \begin_layout Subsection
3901 Paragraph Separation
3902 \begin_inset Index idx
3905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3906 Paragraph ! Separation
3914 \begin_layout Standard
3915 To separate paragraphs, select
3926 \begin_inset space ~
3933 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3937 \begin_inset Index idx
3940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3946 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3947 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3948 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3951 \begin_layout Standard
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3962 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3963 \begin_inset space ~
3967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3969 reference "cap:Units"
3974 The default length is 30
3975 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3981 \begin_layout Subsection
3985 \begin_layout Standard
3986 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3989 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3991 \begin_inset space ~
3996 dialog and toggle the
3999 \begin_inset space ~
4004 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4007 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4011 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4012 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4016 \begin_layout Standard
4017 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4018 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4021 \begin_layout Subsection
4023 \begin_inset Index idx
4026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4027 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4038 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4042 \begin_inset Index idx
4045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4054 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4057 \begin_inset space ~
4066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4067 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4072 \begin_inset Index idx
4075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4076 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4081 installed to use this feature.
4089 \begin_layout Section
4090 Paragraph Environments
4091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4093 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4098 \begin_inset Index idx
4101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4102 Paragraph ! Environments
4108 \begin_inset Index idx
4111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4112 Paragraph environments|(
4120 \begin_layout Subsection
4124 \begin_layout Standard
4125 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4128 \begin_layout Standard
4147 \begin_inset Newline newline
4150 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4151 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4152 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4161 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4164 \begin_layout Standard
4165 A paragraph environment is simply a
4166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4173 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4174 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4175 scheme, labels, and so on.
4176 Additionally, you can
4177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4184 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4185 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4186 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4187 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4188 days of typewriters.
4189 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4191 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4194 \begin_layout Standard
4195 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4196 \begin_inset Graphics
4197 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4203 at the left end of the toolbar.
4204 LyX will change the environment of the
4208 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4209 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4210 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4223 create a new paragraph using the
4227 paragraph environment.
4229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4236 because if you are in one of these environments:
4239 \begin_layout Itemize
4245 \begin_layout Itemize
4251 \begin_layout Itemize
4257 \begin_layout Itemize
4263 \begin_layout Itemize
4269 \begin_layout Itemize
4275 \begin_layout Itemize
4281 \begin_layout Standard
4282 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4286 , rather than resetting it to
4291 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4292 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4293 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4294 \begin_inset space ~
4298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4300 reference "sec:Nesting"
4305 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4310 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4311 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4315 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4321 \begin_layout Subsection
4325 \begin_layout Standard
4326 The default paragraph environment is
4331 It creates a plain paragraph.
4332 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4333 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4334 this manual) are in the
4341 \begin_layout Standard
4342 You can nest a paragraph using the
4346 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4354 \begin_layout Subsection
4356 \begin_inset Index idx
4359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4368 \begin_layout Standard
4369 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4378 for thanks or contact information.
4379 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4380 page along with today's date.
4381 For other types of documents, the title
4382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4393 \begin_layout Standard
4394 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4408 Here's how you use them:
4411 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 Put the title of your document in the
4419 \begin_layout Itemize
4420 Put the author name in the
4427 \begin_layout Itemize
4428 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4429 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4435 Note that using this environment is optional.
4436 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4437 If you don't want any date, add the line
4438 \begin_inset Newline newline
4448 \begin_inset Newline newline
4451 to the preamble of your document (menu
4453 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4459 \begin_layout Standard
4460 You can use footnotes to insert
4461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4468 or contact information.
4471 \begin_layout Subsection
4473 \begin_inset Index idx
4476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4492 \begin_layout Standard
4493 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4494 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4497 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4499 \begin_inset Index idx
4502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4503 Section headings ! Numbered
4511 \begin_layout Standard
4512 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4516 \begin_layout Enumerate
4522 \begin_layout Enumerate
4528 \begin_layout Enumerate
4534 \begin_layout Enumerate
4540 \begin_layout Enumerate
4546 \begin_layout Enumerate
4552 \begin_layout Enumerate
4558 \begin_layout Standard
4559 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4560 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4561 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4564 \begin_layout Standard
4565 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4566 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4567 You group the book into chapters.
4568 LyX does similar grouping:
4571 \begin_layout Itemize
4576 is divided in either
4587 \begin_layout Itemize
4599 \begin_layout Itemize
4611 \begin_layout Itemize
4623 \begin_layout Itemize
4635 \begin_layout Itemize
4647 \begin_layout Standard
4648 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4656 Not all document types use the
4660 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4665 is the top-level heading.
4673 \begin_layout Standard
4678 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4679 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4681 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4693 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4695 \begin_inset Index idx
4698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4699 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4707 \begin_layout Standard
4708 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4712 \begin_layout Enumerate
4718 \begin_layout Enumerate
4724 \begin_layout Enumerate
4730 \begin_layout Enumerate
4736 \begin_layout Enumerate
4742 \begin_layout Standard
4744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4751 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4752 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4753 table of contents, see section
4754 \begin_inset space ~
4758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4767 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4768 Changing the Numbering
4769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4771 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4778 \begin_layout Standard
4779 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4780 in the Table of Contents.
4781 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4783 Certain classes start with
4797 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4807 This is something you can change.
4810 \begin_layout Standard
4813 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4819 \begin_inset Index idx
4822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4833 \begin_inset space ~
4837 \begin_inset space ~
4842 you'll see two counters.
4847 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4849 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4853 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4854 Short Titles of Headings
4855 \begin_inset Index idx
4858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4859 Section headings ! Short titles
4865 \begin_inset Argument
4868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4877 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4884 \begin_layout Standard
4885 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4886 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4887 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4888 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4891 \begin_layout Standard
4892 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4893 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4894 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4895 To specify a short title, use the menu
4897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4899 \begin_inset space ~
4905 This will insert a box labeled
4906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4921 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4922 This also works for captions inside floats.
4925 \begin_layout Standard
4926 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4929 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4933 \begin_layout Standard
4934 The following information applies to all section headings:
4937 \begin_layout Itemize
4938 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4941 \begin_layout Itemize
4942 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4949 \begin_layout Itemize
4950 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4953 \begin_layout Subsection
4954 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4958 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4972 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4973 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4974 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4975 the text they contain.
4976 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4984 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4987 \begin_layout Standard
4988 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4997 when you start a new paragraph.
4998 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5002 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5003 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5004 to change back to the
5008 environment yourself.
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5028 \begin_inset Index idx
5031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5040 \begin_layout Standard
5041 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5042 time for the differences.
5051 are identical except for one difference:
5055 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5064 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5067 \begin_layout Standard
5068 Here's an example of the
5081 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5083 See – no indentation!
5087 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5088 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5089 the other paragraph.
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5093 Here's another example, this time in the
5100 \begin_layout Quotation
5106 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5107 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5108 the first line, then
5112 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5116 you were quoting other text.
5119 \begin_layout Quotation
5120 Here's a new paragraph.
5121 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5122 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5125 \begin_layout Standard
5126 As the examples show,
5130 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5131 They should put quotes in the
5136 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5140 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5143 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5149 \begin_inset Index idx
5152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5161 \begin_inset Index idx
5164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5180 \begin_layout Standard
5185 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5191 \begin_inset Newline newline
5194 Which I did not rehearse!
5198 It could be much worse.
5199 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5201 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5202 indented a bit more than the first.
5203 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5209 \begin_inset Newline newline
5212 And make things look fine
5213 \begin_inset Newline newline
5219 arg "newline-insert newline"
5225 \begin_layout Standard
5230 does not indent both margins.
5231 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5232 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5239 arg "newline-insert newline"
5245 \begin_layout Subsection
5247 \begin_inset Index idx
5250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5257 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5266 \begin_layout Standard
5267 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5277 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5286 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5287 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5288 some general features of all four of them.
5291 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5295 \begin_layout Standard
5296 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5298 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5307 reset the environment to
5311 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5312 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5313 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5317 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5320 to break paragraphs.
5323 \begin_layout Standard
5324 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5325 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5327 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5328 you read all of section
5329 \begin_inset space ~
5333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5335 reference "sec:Nesting"
5343 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5349 \begin_inset Index idx
5352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5368 \begin_layout Standard
5369 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5373 paragraph environment.
5374 It has the following properties:
5377 \begin_layout Itemize
5378 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5382 \begin_layout Itemize
5383 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5386 \begin_layout Itemize
5387 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5391 \begin_layout Itemize
5392 The items can have any length.
5393 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5394 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5406 environment inside another
5410 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5414 \begin_layout Itemize
5415 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5418 \begin_layout Itemize
5419 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5422 \begin_layout Itemize
5424 \begin_inset space ~
5428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5430 reference "sec:Nesting"
5434 for a full explanation of nesting.
5438 \begin_layout Standard
5439 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5448 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5451 \begin_layout Standard
5452 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5453 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5456 \begin_layout Itemize
5457 The label for the first level
5461 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5465 \begin_layout Itemize
5466 The label for the second level is a dash.
5470 \begin_layout Itemize
5471 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5475 \begin_layout Itemize
5476 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5480 \begin_layout Itemize
5481 Back out to the third level.
5485 \begin_layout Itemize
5486 Back to the second level.
5490 \begin_layout Itemize
5491 Back to the outermost level.
5494 \begin_layout Standard
5495 These are the default labels for an
5500 You can customize these labels in the
5502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5505 dialog in the submenu
5512 \begin_inset Index idx
5515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5524 \begin_layout Standard
5525 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5526 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5528 \begin_inset space ~
5532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5534 reference "sec:Nesting"
5541 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5547 \begin_inset Index idx
5550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5559 name "sec:Enumerate"
5566 \begin_layout Standard
5571 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5572 It has these properties:
5575 \begin_layout Enumerate
5576 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5580 \begin_layout Enumerate
5581 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5585 \begin_layout Enumerate
5586 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5589 \begin_layout Enumerate
5594 environment resets the counter to one.
5597 \begin_layout Enumerate
5610 \begin_layout Enumerate
5611 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5612 Items can have any length.
5615 \begin_layout Enumerate
5616 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5619 \begin_layout Enumerate
5620 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5623 \begin_layout Enumerate
5624 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5628 \begin_layout Standard
5637 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5638 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5645 \begin_layout Enumerate
5646 The first level of an
5650 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5654 \begin_layout Enumerate
5655 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5659 \begin_layout Enumerate
5660 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5664 \begin_layout Enumerate
5665 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5668 \begin_layout Enumerate
5669 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5674 \begin_layout Enumerate
5675 Back to the third level
5679 \begin_layout Enumerate
5680 Back to the second level.
5684 \begin_layout Enumerate
5685 Back to the outermost level.
5688 \begin_layout Standard
5689 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5694 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5699 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5703 \begin_layout Standard
5704 There is more to nesting
5708 environments than we've stated here.
5709 You should read section
5710 \begin_inset space ~
5714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5716 reference "sec:Nesting"
5720 to learn more about nesting.
5723 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5729 \begin_inset Index idx
5732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5742 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5746 list has no fixed label.
5747 Instead, LyX uses the first
5748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5755 of the first line as the label.
5759 \begin_layout Description
5760 Example: This is an example of the
5767 \begin_layout Standard
5768 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5772 \begin_layout Standard
5774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5781 it is meant that the first hit of the
5785 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5787 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5795 arg "space-insert protected"
5800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5801 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5803 \begin_inset space ~
5809 \begin_inset space ~
5813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5815 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5819 for more info.) Here is an example:
5822 \begin_layout Description
5824 \begin_inset space ~
5827 Example: This one shows how to use a
5830 \begin_inset space ~
5842 \begin_layout Description
5843 Usage: You should use the
5847 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5848 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5850 It's not a good idea to use a
5854 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5855 You're better off using
5867 paragraphs into them.
5870 \begin_layout Description
5871 Nesting: You can nest
5875 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5879 \begin_layout Standard
5880 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5881 them from the first line.
5884 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5890 \begin_inset Index idx
5893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5902 \begin_layout Standard
5907 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5910 \begin_layout Standard
5911 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5919 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5924 environment is named
5936 \begin_layout Standard
5945 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5946 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5949 \begin_layout Labeling
5950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5952 \begin_inset space ~
5955 labels LyX uses the first
5956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5963 of each line as the item label.
5968 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5969 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5970 blank as described above.
5973 \begin_layout Labeling
5974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5975 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5976 the body of the item text.
5977 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5978 label width plus a little extra space.
5982 \begin_layout Labeling
5983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5985 \begin_inset space ~
5988 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5990 If the label width is larger, the label
5991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5998 into the first line.
5999 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6000 margin of the rest of the item text.
6003 \begin_layout Labeling
6004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6006 \begin_inset space ~
6009 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6014 environment have the same left margin.
6015 \begin_inset Newline newline
6018 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6021 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6023 \begin_inset space ~
6032 \begin_inset space ~
6037 determines the default label width.
6038 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6047 multiple times instead.
6048 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6057 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6060 \begin_inset space ~
6065 every time you alter a label in a
6070 \begin_inset Newline newline
6073 The predefined default width is the length of
6074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6083 \begin_inset Newline newline
6087 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6095 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6096 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6104 \begin_layout Standard
6109 environment the same way like the
6113 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6119 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6123 \begin_layout Standard
6128 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6130 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6132 \begin_inset space ~
6136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6138 reference "sec:Nesting"
6142 to learn about nesting.
6145 \begin_layout Standard
6146 There is yet another feature of the
6150 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6152 You can use additional
6156 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6161 are documented in section
6162 \begin_inset space ~
6166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6168 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6173 Here are some examples:
6174 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6180 \begin_layout Labeling
6181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6182 Left The default for
6189 \begin_layout Labeling
6190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6191 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6198 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6201 \begin_layout Labeling
6202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6203 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6207 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6214 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6217 \begin_layout Subsection
6219 \begin_inset Index idx
6222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6231 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6239 \begin_inset space ~
6247 \begin_layout Standard
6248 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6256 \begin_inset space ~
6262 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6263 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6264 In contrast, you can use the
6271 \begin_inset space ~
6276 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6277 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6281 \begin_layout Standard
6282 Of course, you're not limited to using
6289 \begin_inset space ~
6298 \begin_inset space ~
6303 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6304 some European academic papers.
6307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6311 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6318 \begin_layout Standard
6323 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6324 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6328 \begin_inset space ~
6333 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6334 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6335 Here's an example of each:
6338 \begin_layout Right Address
6340 \begin_inset Newline newline
6344 \begin_inset Newline newline
6348 \begin_inset Newline newline
6351 When is it? What is today?
6354 \begin_layout Standard
6358 \begin_inset space ~
6364 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6365 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6366 Here's an example of the
6373 \begin_layout Address
6375 \begin_inset Newline newline
6378 Where do I send this
6379 \begin_inset Newline newline
6382 Your post office and country
6385 \begin_layout Standard
6386 As you can see, both
6393 \begin_inset space ~
6398 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6403 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6409 This makes sense, since
6417 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6418 Thus, you have to use
6425 arg "newline-insert newline"
6431 \begin_inset space ~
6434 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6436 \begin_inset space ~
6445 menu) to start a new line in an
6452 \begin_inset space ~
6460 \begin_layout Subsection
6464 \begin_layout Standard
6465 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6466 or list of references.
6467 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6470 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6474 \begin_inset Index idx
6477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6486 \begin_layout Standard
6491 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6492 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6493 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6494 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6498 in anything else or vice versa.
6504 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6505 The book document classes ignores the
6509 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6513 in a letter document class.
6516 \begin_layout Standard
6521 environment does several things for you.
6522 First, it puts the centered label
6523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6531 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6533 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6534 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6535 the subsequent text.
6536 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6537 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6540 \begin_layout Standard
6541 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6545 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6546 The new paragraph will still be in the
6551 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6552 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6555 \begin_layout Standard
6556 \begin_inset Float figure
6561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6563 \begin_inset Graphics
6564 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6572 \begin_inset Caption
6574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6577 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6599 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6603 environment, but since this document is in the
6604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6611 class, we can't do this.
6612 We inserted it therefore as figure
6613 \begin_inset space ~
6617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6619 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6624 If you've never heard of an
6625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6632 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6635 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6641 \begin_inset Index idx
6644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6653 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6660 \begin_layout Standard
6665 environment is used to list references.
6666 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6667 only use it at the end of the document.
6672 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6676 When you first open a
6680 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6696 depending on the document class.
6697 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6698 Each paragraph of the
6702 environment is a bibliography entry.
6707 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6708 Each new paragraph is still in the
6715 \begin_layout Standard
6716 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6717 by using a BibTeX database.
6718 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6719 phy handling, have a look at in section
6720 \begin_inset space ~
6724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6726 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6733 \begin_layout Subsection
6737 \begin_inset Index idx
6740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6741 Paragraph ! LyX code
6747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6756 \begin_layout Standard
6761 environment is another LyX extension.
6762 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6767 key as a fixed whitespace;
6771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6783 \begin_inset space ~
6788 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6793 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6794 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6797 arg "newline-insert newline"
6814 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6815 So, when you finish using the
6819 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6820 Also, you can nest the
6824 environment inside of others.
6827 \begin_layout Standard
6828 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6831 \begin_layout Itemize
6835 arg "newline-insert newline"
6838 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6843 \begin_inset space \space{}
6853 arg "newline-insert newline"
6859 \begin_layout Itemize
6863 arg "newline-insert newline"
6874 \begin_layout Itemize
6879 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6886 \begin_layout Itemize
6890 arg "space-insert protected"
6897 \begin_layout Itemize
6898 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6899 You must put at least one
6903 in any line you want blank.
6904 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6907 \begin_layout Itemize
6908 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6912 since that will insert
6917 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6920 arg "self-insert \""
6926 \begin_layout Standard
6930 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6934 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6938 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6942 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6946 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6947 printf("Hello World!
6952 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6956 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6960 \begin_layout Standard
6961 This is just the standard
6962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6973 \begin_layout Standard
6978 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6979 rc-files, and so on.
6980 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6981 as if you used a typewriter.
6982 \begin_inset Index idx
6985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6986 Paragraph environments|)
6994 \begin_layout Section
6995 Nesting Environments
6996 \begin_inset Index idx
6999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7000 Nesting ! Environments
7006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7015 \begin_layout Subsection
7019 \begin_layout Standard
7020 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7022 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7024 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7026 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7038 \begin_layout Enumerate
7042 \begin_layout Enumerate
7047 \begin_layout Enumerate
7051 \begin_layout Enumerate
7056 \begin_layout Enumerate
7060 \begin_layout Standard
7061 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7062 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7065 \begin_inset space ~
7069 \begin_inset space ~
7077 \begin_inset space ~
7081 \begin_inset space ~
7090 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7091 will tell you how far you are nested).
7092 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7093 \begin_inset Graphics
7094 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
7096 groupId toolbarbuttons
7101 \begin_inset Graphics
7102 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7104 groupId toolbarbuttons
7108 or the convenient key bindings
7119 arg "depth-increment"
7125 arg "depth-decrement"
7128 to change the nesting level.
7129 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7130 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7134 \begin_layout Standard
7135 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7136 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7137 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7138 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7141 \begin_layout Standard
7142 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7143 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7145 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7148 \begin_layout Subsection
7149 What You Can and Can't Nest
7152 \begin_layout Standard
7153 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7154 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7157 \begin_layout Standard
7158 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7159 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7160 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7163 \begin_layout Itemize
7164 Completely unnestable
7167 \begin_layout Itemize
7168 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7172 \begin_layout Itemize
7173 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7177 \begin_layout Standard
7178 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7179 environments have them:
7182 \begin_layout Description
7183 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7184 Can't nest into them.
7188 \begin_layout Itemize
7194 \begin_layout Itemize
7200 \begin_layout Itemize
7206 \begin_layout Itemize
7212 \begin_layout Itemize
7219 \begin_layout Description
7221 \begin_inset space ~
7224 Nestable You can nest them.
7225 You can nest other things into them.
7229 \begin_layout Itemize
7235 \begin_layout Itemize
7241 \begin_layout Itemize
7247 \begin_layout Itemize
7253 \begin_layout Itemize
7259 \begin_layout Itemize
7265 \begin_layout Itemize
7271 \begin_layout Itemize
7278 \begin_layout Description
7279 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7280 You can't nest anything into them.
7284 \begin_layout Itemize
7290 \begin_layout Itemize
7296 \begin_layout Itemize
7302 \begin_layout Itemize
7308 \begin_layout Itemize
7314 \begin_layout Itemize
7320 \begin_layout Itemize
7326 \begin_layout Itemize
7332 \begin_layout Itemize
7338 \begin_layout Itemize
7344 \begin_layout Itemize
7350 \begin_layout Itemize
7356 \begin_layout Itemize
7362 \begin_layout Itemize
7366 \begin_inset space ~
7372 \begin_layout Itemize
7379 \begin_layout Standard
7380 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7388 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7397 \begin_inset space ~
7401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7405 \begin_inset space \space{}
7408 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7409 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7410 section headings violate this.
7418 \begin_layout Subsection
7419 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7420 \begin_inset Index idx
7423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7424 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7432 \begin_layout Standard
7433 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7434 affected by nesting anyhow.
7438 \begin_layout Itemize
7442 \begin_layout Itemize
7446 \begin_layout Itemize
7450 \begin_layout Standard
7452 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7460 Figures and tables in
7464 are not affected by this.
7469 Have a look at section
7470 \begin_inset space ~
7474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7476 reference "sec:Floats"
7480 for more information about
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7489 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7493 \begin_layout Standard
7494 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7502 of its own, it behaves just like a
7503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7510 paragraph environment.
7511 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7516 Here's an example with a table:
7519 \begin_layout Enumerate
7524 \begin_layout Enumerate
7525 This is (a) and it's nested.
7529 \begin_layout Standard
7530 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7536 \begin_layout Standard
7538 \begin_inset Tabular
7539 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7540 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7626 \begin_layout Standard
7627 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7634 \begin_layout Enumerate
7636 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7640 \begin_layout Enumerate
7644 \begin_layout Standard
7645 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7648 \begin_layout Enumerate
7653 \begin_layout Enumerate
7654 This is (a) and it's nested.
7658 \begin_layout Standard
7659 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7665 \begin_layout Standard
7667 \begin_inset Tabular
7668 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7669 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7670 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7671 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7755 \begin_layout Standard
7756 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7762 \begin_layout Enumerate
7769 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7772 \begin_layout Enumerate
7776 \begin_layout Standard
7777 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7781 \begin_layout Standard
7782 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7784 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7792 \begin_layout Enumerate
7793 This is (a) and it's nested.
7796 \begin_layout Standard
7797 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7803 \begin_layout Standard
7805 \begin_inset Tabular
7806 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7807 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7893 \begin_layout Standard
7894 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7900 \begin_layout Enumerate
7902 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7910 \begin_layout Enumerate
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7915 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7921 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7922 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7926 \begin_layout Subsection
7927 Usage and General Features
7930 \begin_layout Standard
7931 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7940 is the innermost possible depth.
7941 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7944 \begin_layout Enumerate
7945 level #1 – outermost
7949 \begin_layout Enumerate
7954 \begin_layout Enumerate
7959 \begin_layout Enumerate
7964 \begin_layout Itemize
7969 \begin_layout Itemize
7978 \begin_layout Standard
7979 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7980 both of them in the example.
7981 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7991 For example, if we tried to nest another
7996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8003 , we would get errors.
8006 \begin_layout Subsection
8008 \begin_inset Index idx
8011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8020 \begin_layout Standard
8021 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8022 We have several examples of nested environments.
8023 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8027 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8028 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8031 \begin_layout Labeling
8032 \labelwidthstring MMM
8033 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8042 \begin_layout Labeling
8043 \labelwidthstring MMM
8044 #2-a This is level #2.
8045 We created it by using
8048 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8054 arg "depth-increment"
8061 \begin_layout Labeling
8062 \labelwidthstring MMM
8063 #3-a This is level #3.
8064 This time, we just hit
8071 arg "depth-increment"
8075 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8079 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8085 arg "depth-increment"
8092 \begin_layout Standard
8097 environment, nested inside of
8098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8106 So, it's at level #4.
8107 We did this by hitting
8110 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8116 arg "depth-increment"
8119 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8124 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8140 \begin_layout Standard
8145 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8148 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8154 \begin_layout Labeling
8155 \labelwidthstring MMM
8156 #4-a This is level #4.
8160 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8163 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8168 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8172 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8177 keep nesting things inside
8178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8189 \begin_layout Labeling
8190 \labelwidthstring MMM
8191 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8196 \begin_layout Labeling
8197 \labelwidthstring MMM
8198 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8199 and this is level #6.
8200 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8204 \begin_layout Labeling
8205 \labelwidthstring MMM
8206 #5-b Back to level #5.
8210 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8216 arg "depth-decrement"
8223 \begin_layout Labeling
8224 \labelwidthstring MMM
8228 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8234 arg "depth-decrement"
8237 , we're back at level #4.
8241 \begin_layout Labeling
8242 \labelwidthstring MMM
8243 #3-b Back to level #3.
8244 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8248 \begin_layout Labeling
8249 \labelwidthstring MMM
8250 #2-b Back to level #2.
8255 \begin_layout Labeling
8256 \labelwidthstring MMM
8257 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8258 After this sentence, we'll hit
8262 and change the paragraph environment back to
8269 \begin_layout Standard
8270 We could have also used the
8286 environment in place of the
8291 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8294 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8295 Example 2: Inheritance
8298 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8299 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8302 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8311 arg "depth-increment"
8314 , after which, we'll change to the
8322 \begin_layout Enumerate
8327 environment, at level #2.
8330 \begin_layout Enumerate
8331 Notice how the nested
8335 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8339 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8343 \begin_layout Standard
8344 We ended this example by hitting
8349 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8353 and reset the nesting depth by using
8356 arg "depth-decrement"
8362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8363 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8372 \begin_inset Argument
8375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8376 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8384 \begin_layout Enumerate
8385 This is level #1, in an
8389 paragraph environment.
8390 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8394 \begin_layout Enumerate
8399 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8405 arg "depth-increment"
8409 Now, what happens if we nest an
8413 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8414 label be? An asterisk?
8418 \begin_layout Itemize
8428 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8429 So, its label is a bullet.
8430 (We got here by using
8433 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8439 arg "depth-increment"
8442 , then changing the environment to
8450 \begin_layout Itemize
8451 Here's level #4, produced using
8454 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8460 arg "depth-increment"
8464 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8469 \begin_layout Enumerate
8470 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8472 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8477 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8481 , because we are in the
8490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8509 \begin_layout Enumerate
8514 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8515 type of numbering does LyX use?
8518 \begin_layout Enumerate
8519 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8522 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8525 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8528 \begin_layout Enumerate
8532 arg "depth-decrement"
8535 to decrease the depth after the next
8538 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8545 \begin_layout Enumerate
8547 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8551 \begin_layout Enumerate
8553 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8554 numeral as the label.Why?
8557 \begin_layout Enumerate
8558 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8567 Notice, however, that LyX
8571 reset the counter for the label.
8575 \begin_layout Enumerate
8579 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8585 arg "depth-decrement"
8588 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8589 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8590 into the twofold-nested
8598 \begin_layout Enumerate
8599 The same thing happens if we do another
8602 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8608 arg "depth-decrement"
8611 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8614 \begin_layout Standard
8615 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8620 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8634 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8640 The same rule applies for the
8644 environment, as well.
8647 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8648 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8651 \begin_layout Enumerate
8652 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8653 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8654 same detail with how we did it.
8663 \begin_layout Standard
8671 arg "depth-increment"
8678 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8679 example in parentheses someplace.
8680 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8681 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8682 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8686 \begin_layout Enumerate
8691 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8696 Now we'll add verse.
8697 \begin_inset Newline newline
8700 It will get much worse.
8701 \begin_inset Newline newline
8711 arg "depth-increment"
8722 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8723 \begin_inset Newline newline
8726 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8727 \begin_inset Newline newline
8733 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8746 \begin_layout Standard
8747 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8753 \begin_layout Standard
8755 \begin_inset Tabular
8756 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8757 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8758 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8759 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8848 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8858 arg "depth-increment"
8864 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8874 arg "depth-decrement"
8881 \begin_layout Enumerate
8886 : level #1) This is another item.
8887 Note that selecting a
8891 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8892 3 times to put the table inside the
8900 \begin_layout Quotation
8901 We're now ending the
8905 list and changing to
8910 We're still at level #1.
8911 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8912 The next set of paragraphs is a
8913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8927 \begin_inset space ~
8932 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8936 for the letter body.
8940 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8943 to preserve the depth.
8944 Remember that you need to use
8947 arg "newline-insert newline"
8950 to create multiple lines inside the
8957 \begin_inset space ~
8967 \begin_layout Right Address
8969 \begin_inset Newline newline
8972 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8973 \begin_inset Newline newline
8979 \begin_layout Address
8981 \begin_inset space ~
8987 \begin_layout Quotation
8988 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8992 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8993 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8994 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8995 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8996 as soon as possible.
8997 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9000 \begin_layout Quotation
9001 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9002 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9003 with your order, along with payment.
9006 \begin_layout Quotation
9007 We thank you again for your patience.
9010 \begin_layout Address
9012 \begin_inset Newline newline
9019 \begin_layout Quotation
9020 That ends that example!
9023 \begin_layout Standard
9024 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9025 just a few keystrokes.
9026 We could have easily nested an
9047 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9050 \begin_layout Section
9051 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9052 \begin_inset Index idx
9055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9064 \begin_layout Standard
9065 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9066 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9067 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9068 be broken at the end of a line.
9069 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9073 \begin_layout Subsection
9075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9077 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9082 \begin_inset Index idx
9085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9094 \begin_layout Standard
9095 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9097 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9101 Further documentation is given in section
9102 \begin_inset Newline newline
9106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9108 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9116 \begin_layout Standard
9117 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9132 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9141 A protected space is set with
9143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9144 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9148 \begin_inset space ~
9158 arg "space-insert protected"
9164 \begin_layout Subsection
9166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9168 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9173 \begin_inset Index idx
9176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9177 Spacing ! Horizontal
9185 \begin_layout Standard
9186 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9188 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9189 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9193 The length units are listed in Appendix
9194 \begin_inset space ~
9198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9200 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9207 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9211 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9216 \begin_inset Index idx
9219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9228 \begin_layout Standard
9230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9234 \begin_inset space \space{}
9237 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9238 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9239 \begin_inset space ~
9243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9245 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9250 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9251 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9254 arg "space-insert normal"
9260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9264 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9269 \begin_inset Index idx
9272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9281 \begin_layout Standard
9283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9290 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9299 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9300 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9301 inside abbreviations:
9306 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9310 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9313 \begin_layout Standard
9314 or between values and units.
9315 Compare for example this:
9316 \begin_inset Newline newline
9320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9324 \begin_inset Newline newline
9330 \begin_layout Standard
9331 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9333 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9334 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9336 \begin_inset space ~
9344 arg "space-insert thin"
9350 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9354 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9361 \begin_layout Standard
9362 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9365 \begin_layout Description
9367 \begin_inset space ~
9371 \begin_inset space ~
9375 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9379 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9383 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9386 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9389 \begin_layout Description
9391 \begin_inset space ~
9395 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9399 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9403 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9407 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9414 em) space between the arrows.
9417 \begin_layout Description
9419 \begin_inset space ~
9423 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9427 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9431 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9435 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9439 \begin_inset space ~
9443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9446 em) space between the arrows.
9449 \begin_layout Description
9451 \begin_inset space ~
9455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9459 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9463 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9467 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9471 \begin_inset space ~
9475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9478 em) space between the arrows.
9481 \begin_layout Description
9483 \begin_inset space ~
9487 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9491 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9496 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9503 cm space between the arrows.
9506 \begin_layout Standard
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9514 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9518 lists the different space sizes.
9521 \begin_layout Standard
9522 \begin_inset Float table
9527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9529 \begin_inset Caption
9531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9534 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9538 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9548 \begin_inset Tabular
9549 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9550 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9679 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9692 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9735 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9775 \begin_inset Index idx
9778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9787 \begin_layout Standard
9788 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9789 in a uniform fashion.
9790 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9791 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9792 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9793 equally between themselves.
9797 \begin_layout Standard
9798 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9803 This is on the left side
9804 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9807 This is on the right
9813 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9817 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9826 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9830 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9834 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9840 \begin_layout Standard
9841 That was an example in the
9847 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9851 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9855 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9858 is one in a standard paragraph.
9859 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9863 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9866 \begin_layout Standard
9867 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9870 \begin_inset space ~
9875 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9878 \begin_layout Standard
9880 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9884 \begin_inset space ~
9890 \begin_layout Standard
9892 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9896 \begin_inset space ~
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9904 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9908 \begin_inset space ~
9914 \begin_layout Standard
9916 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9920 \begin_inset space ~
9926 \begin_layout Standard
9928 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9932 \begin_inset space ~
9938 \begin_layout Standard
9940 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9944 \begin_inset space ~
9950 \begin_layout Standard
9951 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9959 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9963 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9964 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9965 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9969 option in the space dialog.
9977 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9979 \begin_inset Index idx
9982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9991 \begin_layout Standard
9992 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9998 \begin_inset space \space{}
10001 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10004 \begin_layout Standard
10005 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10008 What is correct English?:
10009 \begin_inset Newline newline
10013 \begin_inset Newline newline
10017 \begin_inset space ~
10020 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10021 \begin_inset Newline newline
10025 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10036 \begin_inset Newline newline
10040 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10051 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10057 \begin_layout Standard
10058 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10063 \begin_inset space ~
10067 \begin_inset space ~
10071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10075 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10078 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10082 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10088 \begin_inset space ~
10092 \begin_inset space ~
10096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10099 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10108 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10109 That is why it is named
10110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10118 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10119 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10123 \begin_layout Subsection
10125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10127 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10132 \begin_inset Index idx
10135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10144 \begin_layout Standard
10145 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10148 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10150 \begin_inset space ~
10156 There you find the following sizes:
10159 \begin_layout Standard
10172 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10177 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10179 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10183 \begin_inset Index idx
10186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10187 Document ! Settings
10192 for the paragraph separation.
10193 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10204 \begin_layout Standard
10210 \begin_inset Index idx
10213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10219 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10220 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10222 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10223 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10232 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10241 s are described in section
10242 \begin_inset space ~
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10248 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10257 If there are several
10261 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10262 You can therefore use
10266 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10274 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10275 \begin_inset space ~
10279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10281 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10288 \begin_layout Standard
10289 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10299 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10300 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10312 \begin_layout Subsection
10313 Paragraph Alignment
10316 \begin_layout Standard
10317 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10319 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10323 There are five possibilities:
10326 \begin_layout Itemize
10334 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10340 \begin_layout Itemize
10348 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10354 \begin_layout Itemize
10362 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10368 \begin_layout Itemize
10376 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10382 \begin_layout Itemize
10390 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10396 \begin_layout Standard
10397 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10398 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10399 the left and right margins.
10400 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10403 \begin_layout Standard
10405 This paragraph is right aligned,
10408 \begin_layout Standard
10410 this one is centered,
10413 \begin_layout Standard
10415 this one is left aligned.
10418 \begin_layout Subsection
10420 \begin_inset Index idx
10423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10424 Page breaks ! Forced
10430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10432 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10439 \begin_layout Standard
10440 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10441 can force a page break where you want one.
10442 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10443 Only if you use a lot of
10447 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10450 \begin_layout Standard
10451 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10452 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10456 have to change the page breaking.
10459 \begin_layout Standard
10460 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10462 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10464 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10465 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10467 \begin_inset space ~
10473 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10476 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10478 \begin_inset space ~
10483 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10485 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10486 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10489 \begin_layout Standard
10490 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10491 at the top of a page.
10492 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10493 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10494 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10495 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10499 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10503 to learn more about
10510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10514 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10519 \begin_inset Index idx
10522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 Page breaks ! Clear
10531 \begin_layout Standard
10532 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10533 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10534 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10535 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10536 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10539 \begin_layout Standard
10540 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10542 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10543 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10545 \begin_inset space ~
10551 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10554 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10556 \begin_inset space ~
10560 \begin_inset space ~
10565 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10566 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10569 \begin_layout Subsection
10571 \begin_inset Index idx
10574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10583 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10590 \begin_layout Standard
10591 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10593 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10595 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10596 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10598 \begin_inset space ~
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10610 arg "newline-insert newline"
10614 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10617 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10619 \begin_inset space ~
10623 \begin_inset space ~
10628 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10630 This is necessary to avoid
10631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10638 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10641 \begin_layout Standard
10642 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10643 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10644 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10645 set a line break, e.
10646 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10650 \begin_inset space \space{}
10653 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10654 \begin_inset space ~
10658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10660 reference "sec:Quote"
10665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10667 reference "sec:Verse"
10672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10674 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10681 \begin_layout Subsection
10683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10685 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10690 \begin_inset Index idx
10693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10702 \begin_layout Standard
10704 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10715 \begin_layout Standard
10718 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10719 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10721 \begin_inset space ~
10726 you can insert horizontal lines.
10727 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10728 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10731 \begin_layout Standard
10733 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10748 \begin_layout Section
10749 Characters and Symbols
10752 \begin_layout Standard
10753 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10754 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10759 \begin_inset space \space{}
10762 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10770 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10774 for information on how this is done.
10777 \begin_layout Standard
10778 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10783 dialog via the menu
10785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10786 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10793 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10801 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10802 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10803 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10811 \begin_layout Section
10812 Fonts and Text Styles
10813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10815 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10822 \begin_layout Subsection
10824 \begin_inset Index idx
10827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10836 \begin_layout Standard
10837 There are two types of fonts:
10840 \begin_layout Description
10842 \begin_inset space ~
10846 \begin_inset Index idx
10849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10855 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10860 characters) in the font.
10861 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10862 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10863 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10864 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10865 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10866 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10867 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10868 \begin_inset Newline newline
10871 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10872 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10873 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10874 sizes than at small ones.
10875 \begin_inset Newline newline
10889 \begin_inset space ~
10897 \begin_layout Description
10899 \begin_inset space ~
10903 \begin_inset Index idx
10906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10912 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10913 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10914 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10915 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10916 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10917 picture manipulation program.
10918 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10919 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10920 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10921 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10922 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10924 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10925 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10926 \begin_inset Newline newline
10929 Bitmap fonts are named
10932 \begin_inset space ~
10937 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10940 \begin_layout Standard
10941 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10942 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10943 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10944 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10945 use scalable fonts.
10948 \begin_layout Standard
10949 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10950 its document properties.
10953 \begin_layout Standard
10954 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10955 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10956 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10957 font to emphasize text, you use an
10958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10966 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10967 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10971 \begin_layout Subsection
10973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10975 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10984 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10985 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10987 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10988 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10989 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10990 to usual word processors.
10991 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10992 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10993 across different machines.
10994 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10995 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10997 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
10999 \begin_inset space ~
11003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11005 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11010 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11011 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11015 \begin_layout Standard
11016 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11017 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11018 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11019 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11020 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11021 that is installed on your system.
11022 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11025 \begin_layout Standard
11026 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11034 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11035 es; so you might have to experiment.
11043 \begin_layout Standard
11044 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11052 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11053 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11061 \begin_layout Subsection
11062 Document Font and Font size
11063 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11065 name "sub:Document-Font"
11070 \begin_inset Index idx
11073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11080 \begin_inset Index idx
11083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11092 \begin_layout Standard
11093 You can set the document fonts in the
11095 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11099 \begin_inset Index idx
11102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11103 Document ! Settings
11113 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11114 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11117 \begin_inset space ~
11126 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11127 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11131 \begin_layout Standard
11138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11147 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11148 This requires that you use
11154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11193 as output format, i.
11194 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11198 \begin_inset space ~
11201 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11202 \begin_inset space ~
11206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11208 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11213 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11215 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11217 \begin_inset space ~
11220 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11221 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11222 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11224 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11227 \begin_layout Standard
11228 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11233 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11238 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11239 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11261 European Computer Modern
11264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11271 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11274 \begin_layout Standard
11283 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11284 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11289 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11292 \begin_inset space ~
11297 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11303 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11304 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11307 \begin_layout Itemize
11316 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11330 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11334 as the default font.
11335 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11336 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11349 One difference is improved kerning for the
11361 \begin_layout Itemize
11370 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11374 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11389 Virtual means that it
11390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11401 -glyphs from other fonts.
11402 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11424 Loading the LaTeX-package
11429 \begin_inset Index idx
11432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11433 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11438 with the document preamble line
11439 \begin_inset Newline newline
11446 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11447 \begin_inset Newline newline
11452 will fix the guillemet problem.
11457 and that accented characters are not
11461 glyph, but build of
11465 characters, the accent and the letter.
11466 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11472 If you search for example for the French word
11473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11480 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11489 and not for the glyph
11490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11494 \begin_inset space ~
11498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11504 \begin_layout Itemize
11505 If you do not like the look of
11513 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11518 \begin_inset space ~
11532 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11533 \begin_inset space ~
11536 serif and typewriter fonts
11540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11541 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11553 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11566 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11580 , but you can also select your own.
11581 \begin_inset Newline newline
11584 The differences between roman,
11587 \begin_inset space ~
11596 fonts are explained in section
11597 \begin_inset space ~
11601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11603 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11608 \begin_inset Newline newline
11615 was originally designed for newspapers.
11616 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11617 into the small newspaper columns.
11622 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11623 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11626 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11639 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11644 depends on the class you are using.
11645 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11648 \begin_layout Standard
11649 Note that the font size is the
11654 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11655 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11656 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11659 \begin_inset space ~
11665 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11666 \begin_inset space ~
11670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11672 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11679 \begin_layout Standard
11684 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11686 \begin_inset space ~
11689 serif or typewriter.
11694 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11704 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11707 \begin_layout Standard
11716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11725 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11731 \begin_inset space ~
11735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11737 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11742 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11743 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11750 \begin_layout Standard
11751 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11753 Use Old Style Figures
11757 Use True Small Caps
11760 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11763 Use Old Style Figures
11765 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11771 \begin_inset space ~
11774 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11777 Use True Small Caps
11779 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11780 of scaled capitals.
11781 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11782 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11785 \begin_layout Standard
11790 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11791 a font to display the script characters.
11795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11796 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11801 So this has no effect for the document language
11817 \begin_layout Standard
11818 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11830 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11834 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11835 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11836 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11838 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11841 dialog, see section
11842 \begin_inset space ~
11846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11848 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11860 \begin_layout Subsection
11861 Using Different Character Styles
11862 \begin_inset Index idx
11865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11872 \begin_inset Index idx
11875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11884 \begin_layout Standard
11885 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11886 certain paragraph environments.
11887 LyX supports two character styles,
11896 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11900 \begin_layout Standard
11905 style, do one of the following:
11908 \begin_layout Itemize
11909 click on the toolbar button
11910 \begin_inset Graphics
11911 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11913 groupId toolbarbuttons
11920 \begin_layout Itemize
11921 use the key binding
11930 \begin_layout Standard
11931 These commands are all toggles.
11936 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11939 \begin_layout Standard
11940 One typically uses the
11944 style for proper names.
11946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11953 is the original author of LyX.
11954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11960 \begin_layout Standard
11961 A more widely used character style is the
11966 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11973 \begin_layout Itemize
11974 clicking on the toolbar button
11975 \begin_inset Graphics
11976 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11978 groupId toolbarbuttons
11985 \begin_layout Itemize
11986 using the keybindings
11995 \begin_layout Standard
12000 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12001 es use a different font.
12004 \begin_layout Standard
12005 We've been using the
12009 style all over the place in this document.
12010 Here's one more example:
12013 \begin_layout Quotation
12016 Don't overuse character styles!
12019 \begin_layout Standard
12020 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12021 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12022 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12023 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12027 \begin_layout Standard
12028 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12038 \begin_inset space ~
12046 \begin_layout Subsection
12047 Fine-Tuning with the
12052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12054 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12059 \begin_inset Index idx
12062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12071 \begin_layout Standard
12072 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12073 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12074 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12075 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12076 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12077 from ordinary dialog.
12080 \begin_layout Standard
12081 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12082 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12083 \begin_inset Newline newline
12086 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12087 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12090 \begin_layout Standard
12091 To use custom character styles, open the
12093 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12095 \begin_inset space ~
12101 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12102 font property which you can choose.
12103 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12106 \begin_inset space ~
12111 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12116 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12117 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12118 environments in a snap.
12121 \begin_layout Standard
12122 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12125 \begin_inset space ~
12137 \begin_layout Labeling
12138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12152 The possible options are:
12156 \begin_layout Labeling
12157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12162 This is the Roman font family.
12163 Normally a serif font.
12164 It's also the default family.
12174 \begin_layout Labeling
12175 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12179 \begin_inset space ~
12186 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12198 \begin_layout Labeling
12199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12206 This is the Typewriter font family.
12212 arg "font-typewriter"
12221 \begin_layout Labeling
12222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12227 This corresponds to the print weight.
12232 \begin_layout Labeling
12233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12238 This is the Medium font series.
12239 It's also the default series.
12242 \begin_layout Labeling
12243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12250 This is the Bold font series.
12263 \begin_layout Labeling
12264 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12269 As the name implies.
12274 \begin_layout Labeling
12275 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12280 This is the Upright font shape.
12281 It's also the default shape.
12284 \begin_layout Labeling
12285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12299 s the Italic font shape
12305 \begin_layout Labeling
12306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12313 This is the Slanted font shape
12315 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12318 \begin_layout Labeling
12319 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12323 \begin_inset space ~
12330 This is the Small caps font shape
12337 \begin_layout Labeling
12338 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12343 Alters the size of the font.
12344 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12345 nal to the document font size.
12346 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12347 what you want to do.
12352 \begin_layout Labeling
12353 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12374 arg "font-size tiny"
12380 \begin_layout Labeling
12381 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12402 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12408 \begin_layout Labeling
12409 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12430 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12436 \begin_layout Labeling
12437 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12458 arg "font-size small"
12464 \begin_layout Labeling
12465 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12479 It's also the default size.
12483 arg "font-size normal"
12489 \begin_layout Labeling
12490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12511 arg "font-size large"
12517 \begin_layout Labeling
12518 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12539 arg "font-size larger"
12545 \begin_layout Labeling
12546 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12567 arg "font-size largest"
12573 \begin_layout Labeling
12574 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12595 arg "font-size huge"
12601 \begin_layout Labeling
12602 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12623 arg "font-size giant"
12630 \begin_layout Standard
12635 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12636 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12637 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12638 — use that instead.
12639 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12642 \begin_layout Labeling
12643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12648 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12653 \begin_layout Labeling
12654 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12661 This is text with emphasize on
12664 This might seem like the same as
12668 , but it is actually a bit different.
12674 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12676 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12679 \begin_layout Labeling
12680 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12687 This is text with Underbar on.
12693 arg "font-underline"
12699 \begin_inset Newline newline
12704 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12705 when you couldn't change fonts.
12706 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12707 It's only included in LyX because some people
12711 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12714 \begin_layout Labeling
12715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12722 This is text with Noun on.
12729 , this is a logical attribute.
12730 Normally it's equivalent to
12733 \begin_inset space ~
12742 \begin_layout Labeling
12743 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12748 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12749 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12753 \begin_inset space ~
12758 , which is the default
12759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12766 and means normally black, you can choose between
12799 \begin_inset Index idx
12802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12811 \begin_layout Labeling
12812 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12817 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12818 the language of the document.
12819 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12823 \begin_layout Standard
12824 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12825 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12827 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12829 \begin_inset space ~
12834 dialog, the settings are saved.
12835 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12836 \begin_inset Graphics
12837 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12839 groupId toolbarbuttons
12844 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12845 when the dialog isn't visible.
12849 \begin_layout Standard
12850 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12857 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12858 (suppose you just set the shape to
12859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12877 \begin_inset space ~
12889 \begin_layout Standard
12890 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12898 \begin_inset space ~
12910 \begin_layout Itemize
12916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12923 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12941 \begin_inset Newline newline
12945 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 \begin_inset Note Note
12962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12963 For more on phantoms see section
12964 \begin_inset space ~
12968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12970 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12980 \begin_inset Newline newline
12986 \begin_layout Itemize
12991 fonts use characters with serifs.
12992 These are the small
12993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13000 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13001 The following example will show the difference:
13002 \begin_inset Newline newline
13006 \begin_inset Newline newline
13011 text without serifs
13014 \begin_inset Newline newline
13017 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13018 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13025 \begin_layout Itemize
13031 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13032 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13035 \begin_layout Standard
13036 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13037 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13040 \begin_layout Section
13041 Printing and Previewing
13044 \begin_layout Subsection
13048 \begin_layout Standard
13049 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13050 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13051 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13052 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13053 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13055 Additional Features
13060 \begin_layout Standard
13061 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13062 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13063 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13064 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13065 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13066 This happens in two stages:
13069 \begin_layout Enumerate
13070 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13071 generating a file with the extension,
13072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13086 \begin_layout Enumerate
13087 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13091 file to produce printable output.
13095 \begin_layout Subsection
13096 Output file formats
13097 \begin_inset Index idx
13100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13109 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13116 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13117 Simple text (ASCII)
13118 \begin_inset Index idx
13121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13122 File formats ! ASCII
13130 \begin_layout Standard
13131 This file type has the extension
13132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13144 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13148 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13155 \begin_layout Standard
13156 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13158 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13159 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13161 \begin_inset space ~
13168 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13169 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13171 \begin_inset space ~
13175 \begin_inset space ~
13181 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13187 \begin_inset Index idx
13190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13191 File formats ! LaTeX
13199 \begin_layout Standard
13200 This file type has the extension
13201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13212 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13214 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13215 it manually with console commands.
13216 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13217 you view or export your document.
13220 \begin_layout Standard
13221 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13223 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13224 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13243 \begin_inset Index idx
13246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13255 \begin_layout Standard
13256 This file type has the extension
13257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13277 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13278 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13279 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13283 \begin_layout Standard
13284 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13285 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13286 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13287 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13289 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13292 \begin_layout Standard
13293 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13295 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13296 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13301 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13302 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13304 \begin_inset space ~
13311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13321 The latter option uses the program
13330 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13331 font access (see section
13332 \begin_inset space ~
13336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13338 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13343 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13347 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13349 \begin_inset Index idx
13352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13353 File formats ! PostScript
13361 \begin_layout Standard
13362 This file type has the extension
13363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13375 PostScript was developed by the company
13379 as a printer language.
13380 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13382 PostScript can be seen as a
13383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13386 programming language
13387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13390 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13395 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13401 \begin_inset Index idx
13404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13405 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13415 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13418 \begin_layout Standard
13419 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13423 Encapsulated PostScript
13424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13427 (EPS, file extension
13428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13440 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13441 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13446 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13450 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13451 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13452 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13453 EPS to avoid this problem.
13456 \begin_layout Standard
13457 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13459 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13460 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13466 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13468 \begin_inset Index idx
13471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13478 \begin_inset Index idx
13481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13490 \begin_layout Standard
13491 This file type has the extension
13492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13508 Portable Document Format
13509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13516 was derived from PostScript.
13517 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13526 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13527 looks exactly the same.
13530 \begin_layout Standard
13531 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13535 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13539 (JPG, file extension
13540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13567 Portable Network Graphics
13568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13571 (PNG, file extension
13572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13584 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13585 in the background to one of these formats.
13586 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13587 will slow down your workflow.
13588 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13591 \begin_layout Standard
13592 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13594 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13597 in three different ways:
13600 \begin_layout Description
13601 PDF This uses the program
13605 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13606 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13610 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13611 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13614 \begin_layout Description
13616 \begin_inset space ~
13619 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13623 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13627 \begin_layout Description
13629 \begin_inset space ~
13632 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13636 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13639 \begin_layout Description
13641 \begin_inset space ~
13648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13655 X) This uses the program
13659 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13664 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13665 font access (see section
13666 \begin_inset space ~
13670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13672 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13677 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13680 \begin_layout Description
13682 \begin_inset space ~
13689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13696 X) This uses the program
13700 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13705 is an even newer engine, derived from
13709 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13710 access (see section
13711 \begin_inset space ~
13715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13717 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13722 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13726 \begin_layout Standard
13727 We recommend to use
13730 \begin_inset space ~
13739 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13740 works without problems.
13741 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13742 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13746 \begin_inset space ~
13753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13765 \begin_inset space ~
13772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13781 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
13789 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13791 \begin_inset Index idx
13794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13795 FileFormats ! XHTML
13801 \begin_inset Index idx
13804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13813 \begin_layout Standard
13814 This file type has the extension
13815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13827 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13828 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13829 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13830 suitable for the purpose.
13831 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13832 it, but not all do.
13835 \begin_layout Standard
13836 XHTML output remains
13837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13844 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13849 LyX and the World Wide Web
13850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13855 Additional Features
13857 manual, for more information.
13860 \begin_layout Standard
13861 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13863 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13864 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13870 \begin_layout Subsection
13872 \begin_inset Index idx
13875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13884 \begin_layout Standard
13885 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13886 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13890 and choose a file type.
13891 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13894 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13897 you can use the toolbar button
13898 \begin_inset Graphics
13899 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13901 groupId toolbarbuttons
13908 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13913 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13915 \begin_inset space ~
13921 \begin_inset Graphics
13922 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13924 groupId toolbarbuttons
13930 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13934 \begin_inset Graphics
13935 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13937 groupId toolbarbuttons
13944 arg "buffer-view ps"
13950 \begin_layout Standard
13951 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13952 viewer window using the menu
13954 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13960 \begin_layout Standard
13961 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13963 To have a real output, export your document.
13966 \begin_layout Subsection
13967 Printing the File from within LyX
13968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13970 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13977 \begin_layout Standard
13978 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13979 it directly from within LyX.
13980 To print a file, select the menu
13982 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13985 or click on the toolbar button
13986 \begin_inset Graphics
13987 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13989 groupId toolbarbuttons
13994 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13995 This file is then processed by the program
13999 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14004 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14007 \begin_layout Standard
14008 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14009 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14010 printing one set to print on the other side.
14011 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14012 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14013 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14016 \begin_layout Standard
14017 You can set the parameters in the
14020 \begin_inset space ~
14028 \begin_layout Labeling
14029 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14034 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14039 Note that this printer name is for the program
14048 has to be configured for this printer name.
14049 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14050 \begin_inset space ~
14054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14056 reference "sub:Printer"
14065 The printer should understand PostScript.
14068 \begin_layout Labeling
14069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14074 The name of a file to print to.
14075 The output will be a PostScript file.
14076 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14080 \begin_layout Section
14081 A few Words about Typography
14082 \begin_inset Index idx
14085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14094 \begin_layout Subsection
14096 \begin_inset Index idx
14099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14108 \begin_layout Standard
14110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14121 character comes in four lengths: the
14133 , and the minus sign:
14134 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14140 \begin_layout Standard
14141 \begin_inset Tabular
14142 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14143 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14144 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14145 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14146 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14147 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14176 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14216 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14243 \begin_inset space ~
14246 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14253 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14280 \begin_inset space ~
14283 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14304 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14338 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14344 \begin_layout Standard
14345 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14357 character multiple times in a row.
14358 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14359 the final output, but not in LyX.
14361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14391 \begin_layout Standard
14392 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14393 math mode and has a length of its own.
14394 Here are some examples of the
14395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14409 \begin_layout Enumerate
14410 line- and page-breaks
14411 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14421 \begin_layout Enumerate
14423 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14433 \begin_layout Enumerate
14434 Oh — there's a dash.
14435 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14445 \begin_layout Enumerate
14446 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14450 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14460 \begin_layout Subsection
14462 \begin_inset Index idx
14465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14474 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14481 \begin_layout Standard
14482 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14483 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14488 \begin_inset Index idx
14491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14492 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14497 following the rules of the document language
14501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14502 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14510 \begin_inset space ~
14514 \begin_inset space ~
14521 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14532 \begin_layout Standard
14533 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14538 font and with unusual constructs, like
14539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14547 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14548 This is done with the menu
14550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14551 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14553 \begin_inset space ~
14559 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14560 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14563 \begin_layout Standard
14564 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14565 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14575 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14583 as a hyphenation possibility.
14584 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14585 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14586 as described in section
14587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14590 Prevent Hyphenation
14591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14601 \begin_layout Subsection
14603 \begin_inset Index idx
14606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14615 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14616 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14619 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14626 \begin_layout Standard
14627 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14628 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14629 LaTeX then adds the
14630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14633 appropriate amount of space
14634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14638 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14640 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14643 \begin_layout Standard
14644 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14645 not work in all cases.
14647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14658 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14659 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14662 \begin_layout Standard
14663 Here are some examples of
14667 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14670 \begin_layout Itemize
14675 \begin_layout Itemize
14680 \begin_layout Standard
14681 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14684 \begin_layout Itemize
14686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14690 this is too much space!
14693 \begin_layout Itemize
14698 \begin_layout Standard
14699 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14702 \begin_layout Standard
14703 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14706 \begin_layout Enumerate
14710 \begin_inset space ~
14715 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14716 \begin_inset space ~
14720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14722 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14727 \begin_inset Index idx
14730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14731 Spaces ! inter-word
14739 \begin_layout Enumerate
14743 \begin_inset space ~
14748 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14749 \begin_inset space ~
14753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14755 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14760 \begin_inset Index idx
14763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14772 \begin_layout Enumerate
14776 \begin_inset space ~
14780 \begin_inset space ~
14784 \begin_inset space ~
14791 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14793 \begin_inset space ~
14798 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14799 This function is also bound to
14802 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14809 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14812 \begin_layout Itemize
14814 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14818 \begin_inset space \space{}
14821 this is too much space!
14824 \begin_layout Itemize
14825 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14829 \begin_layout Standard
14830 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14831 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14832 will take care of this.
14835 \begin_layout Standard
14836 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14840 \begin_inset space ~
14845 feature described in section
14851 Additional Features
14856 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14858 \begin_inset Index idx
14861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14862 Typography ! Quotes
14868 \begin_inset Index idx
14871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14902 \begin_layout Standard
14903 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14904 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14905 and use a closing quote at the end.
14907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14915 The keyboard character,
14919 , generates this automatically.
14922 \begin_layout Standard
14923 You can change the behavior of the
14927 key using the submenu
14933 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14937 \begin_inset Index idx
14940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14941 Document ! Settings
14949 \begin_layout Standard
14950 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14955 There are six choices:
14958 \begin_layout Labeling
14959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14971 Use quotes like this
14972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14980 \begin_inset Quotes els
14984 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14990 \begin_layout Labeling
14991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14994 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14998 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15004 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15008 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15012 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15018 \begin_layout Labeling
15019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15022 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15026 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15032 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15036 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15040 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15044 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15050 \begin_layout Labeling
15051 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15054 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15058 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15064 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15068 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15072 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15076 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15082 \begin_layout Labeling
15083 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15086 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15090 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15096 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15100 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15104 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15108 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15114 \begin_layout Labeling
15115 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15118 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15122 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15128 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15132 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15136 \begin_inset Quotes als
15140 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15146 \begin_layout Standard
15147 These settings affect what character the
15154 \begin_layout Subsection
15156 \begin_inset Index idx
15159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15160 Typography ! Ligatures
15166 \begin_inset Index idx
15169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15200 name "sub:Ligatures"
15207 \begin_layout Standard
15208 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15209 print them as single characters.
15210 These groups are known as
15215 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15217 Here are the standard ligatures:
15220 \begin_layout Itemize
15224 \begin_layout Itemize
15228 \begin_layout Itemize
15232 \begin_layout Itemize
15236 \begin_layout Itemize
15240 \begin_layout Standard
15241 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15244 \begin_layout Standard
15245 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15246 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15254 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15270 To break a ligature, use
15272 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15273 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15275 \begin_inset space ~
15282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15293 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15310 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15318 \begin_layout Subsection
15320 \begin_inset Index idx
15323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15332 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15339 \begin_layout Standard
15340 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15341 characters in different sizes and heights.
15342 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15343 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15363 \begin_inset Note Note
15366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15367 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15375 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15376 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15381 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15385 \begin_layout Description
15386 LyX The name of the game, write
15387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15408 \begin_layout Description
15409 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15431 \begin_layout Description
15432 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15454 \begin_layout Description
15455 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15477 \begin_layout Standard
15478 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15483 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15491 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15492 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15493 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15496 : The actual version is
15497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15504 , the previous one was
15505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15515 \begin_layout Standard
15516 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15521 \begin_inset space \space{}
15524 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15526 This will look in LyX like:
15527 \begin_inset Graphics
15528 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15534 \begin_inset Newline newline
15537 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15538 \begin_inset space ~
15542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15544 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15551 \begin_layout Subsection
15553 \begin_inset Index idx
15556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15565 \begin_layout Standard
15566 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15567 space between two words.
15568 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15578 for units use the menu
15580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15581 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15583 \begin_inset space ~
15591 arg "space-insert thin"
15597 \begin_layout Standard
15598 Here's an example to show the differences:
15601 \begin_layout Standard
15602 \begin_inset Tabular
15603 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15604 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15605 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15606 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15613 \begin_inset space ~
15617 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15629 space between number and unit
15636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15645 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15657 half space between number and unit
15670 \begin_layout Subsection
15672 \begin_inset Index idx
15675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15676 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15684 \begin_layout Standard
15685 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15687 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15688 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15689 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15690 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15691 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15692 These bits of text became known as
15703 \begin_layout Standard
15704 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15705 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15706 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15707 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15708 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15709 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15710 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15713 \begin_layout Standard
15714 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15715 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15716 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15717 \begin_inset space ~
15721 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15723 key "latexcompanion"
15728 \begin_inset space ~
15732 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15738 ] may have more information.
15739 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15742 \begin_layout Chapter
15743 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15746 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15753 \begin_layout Standard
15754 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15759 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15762 \begin_layout Section
15764 \begin_inset Index idx
15767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15783 \begin_layout Standard
15784 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15787 \begin_layout Description
15789 \begin_inset space ~
15792 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15793 \begin_inset Newline newline
15797 \begin_inset Note Note
15800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15801 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15809 \begin_layout Description
15810 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15811 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15813 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15814 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15815 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15818 \begin_inset Newline newline
15822 \begin_inset Note Comment
15825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15826 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15834 \begin_layout Description
15836 \begin_inset space ~
15839 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15840 \begin_inset Newline newline
15844 \begin_inset Newline newline
15848 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15857 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15858 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15859 How this can be done is explained in the
15868 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15874 \begin_inset Newline newline
15878 \begin_inset Newline newline
15881 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15882 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15885 \begin_layout Standard
15886 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15887 \begin_inset Graphics
15888 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15890 groupId toolbarbuttons
15896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15900 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15903 \begin_layout Section
15905 \begin_inset Index idx
15908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15917 name "sec:Footnotes"
15924 \begin_layout Standard
15925 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15931 or the toolbar button
15932 \begin_inset Graphics
15933 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15935 groupId toolbarbuttons
15948 \begin_inset Graphics
15949 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15958 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15987 label, the box will
15991 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15992 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16005 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16021 \begin_layout Standard
16022 Here's an example footnote:
16030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16031 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16039 \begin_layout Standard
16040 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16041 position where the footnote box is placed.
16042 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16043 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16044 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16045 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16046 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16051 ey are described in the
16058 \begin_layout Section
16060 \begin_inset Index idx
16063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16072 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16079 \begin_layout Standard
16080 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16081 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16085 \begin_inset space ~
16090 or the toolbar button
16091 \begin_inset Graphics
16092 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
16094 groupId toolbarbuttons
16114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16121 appearing within your text.
16122 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16131 \begin_layout Standard
16132 At the side is an example marginal note.
16136 \begin_inset Marginal
16139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16140 This is a marginal note.
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16149 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16150 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16151 pages, right on odd pages.
16154 \begin_layout Section
16155 Graphics and Images
16156 \begin_inset Index idx
16159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16166 \begin_inset Index idx
16169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16178 name "sec:Graphics"
16185 \begin_layout Standard
16186 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16187 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16188 \begin_inset Graphics
16189 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
16191 groupId toolbarbuttons
16197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16201 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16204 \begin_layout Standard
16205 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16210 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16211 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16213 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16214 \begin_inset space ~
16218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16220 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16227 \begin_layout Standard
16232 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16233 of the image in the output.
16234 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16238 \begin_inset space ~
16242 \begin_inset space ~
16251 \begin_inset space ~
16255 \begin_inset space ~
16259 \begin_inset space ~
16264 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16265 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16273 \begin_layout Standard
16276 LaTeX and LyX options
16278 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16279 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16283 \begin_inset space ~
16288 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16289 with the image size is printed.
16293 \begin_inset space ~
16297 \begin_inset space ~
16301 \begin_inset space ~
16306 is explained in the
16317 \begin_layout Standard
16318 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16319 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16321 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16325 \begin_layout Standard
16327 \begin_inset Graphics
16328 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16336 \begin_layout Standard
16337 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16338 the image into a float, see section
16339 \begin_inset space ~
16343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16345 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16352 \begin_layout Subsection
16354 \begin_inset Index idx
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16366 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16373 \begin_layout Standard
16374 You can insert images in any known file format.
16375 But as we explained in section
16376 \begin_inset space ~
16380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16382 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16386 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16387 LyX uses therefore the program
16391 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16392 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16393 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16394 \begin_inset space ~
16398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16400 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16407 \begin_layout Standard
16408 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16411 \begin_layout Description
16413 \begin_inset space ~
16416 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16417 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16418 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16422 Graphics Interchange Format
16423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16426 (GIF, file extension
16427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16439 \begin_inset Index idx
16442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16474 Portable Network Graphics
16475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16478 (PNG, file extension
16479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16491 \begin_inset Index idx
16494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16526 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16530 (JPG, file extension
16531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16555 \begin_inset Index idx
16558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16589 \begin_layout Description
16591 \begin_inset space ~
16594 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16596 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16597 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16598 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16599 \begin_inset Newline newline
16602 Scalable image formats can be
16603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16606 Scalable Vector Graphics
16607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16610 (SVG, file extension
16611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16623 \begin_inset Index idx
16626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16658 Encapsulated PostScript
16659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16662 (EPS, file extension
16663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16675 \begin_inset Index idx
16678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16710 Portable Document Format
16711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16714 (PDF, file extension
16715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16727 \begin_inset Index idx
16730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16737 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16738 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16739 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16745 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16753 \begin_layout Standard
16754 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16758 \begin_layout Subsection
16759 Grouping of Image Settings
16760 \begin_inset Index idx
16763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16764 Images ! Settings grouping
16772 \begin_layout Standard
16773 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16775 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16776 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16778 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16779 need to manually change each of them.
16783 \begin_layout Standard
16784 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16787 \begin_inset space ~
16792 field in the Graphics dialog.
16793 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16794 by checking the name of the desired group.
16797 \begin_layout Section
16799 \begin_inset Index idx
16802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16818 \begin_layout Standard
16819 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16820 \begin_inset Graphics
16821 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16823 groupId toolbarbuttons
16829 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16833 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16834 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16835 from the rest of the table.
16836 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16837 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16839 Here's an example table:
16842 \begin_layout Standard
16844 \begin_inset Tabular
16845 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16846 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 \begin_layout Subsection
17054 \begin_layout Standard
17055 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17056 brings up the table dialog.
17057 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17058 where the cursor is placed currently.
17059 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17060 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17061 done on all of your selection.
17064 \begin_layout Standard
17065 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17068 \begin_inset space ~
17073 helps you in setting table properties.
17074 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17077 \begin_layout Standard
17081 \begin_inset space ~
17086 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17087 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17088 current cell respectively.
17089 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17091 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17092 of text, see section
17093 \begin_inset space ~
17097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17099 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17106 \begin_layout Standard
17107 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17108 using the check box
17117 This will merge the cells to
17121 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17122 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17123 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17124 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17125 in the last row without the upper border:
17128 \begin_layout Standard
17130 \begin_inset Tabular
17131 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17132 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17134 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17147 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17156 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 \begin_layout Standard
17268 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17269 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17270 explained in the tables section of the
17273 \begin_inset space ~
17279 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17280 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17283 degrees counterclockwise.
17284 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17287 \begin_layout Standard
17288 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 Most DVI-viewers are
17300 able to display rotations.
17308 \begin_layout Standard
17313 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17318 adds lines for all cell borders.
17321 \begin_layout Subsection
17323 \begin_inset Index idx
17326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17327 Tables ! Longtables
17333 \begin_inset Index idx
17336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17345 \begin_layout Standard
17346 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17349 \begin_inset space ~
17353 \begin_inset space ~
17362 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17363 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17366 \begin_layout Description
17371 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17372 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17373 except for the first page, if
17376 \begin_inset space ~
17384 \begin_layout Description
17388 \begin_inset space ~
17393 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17394 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17397 \begin_layout Description
17402 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17403 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17404 except for the last page, if
17407 \begin_inset space ~
17415 \begin_layout Description
17419 \begin_inset space ~
17424 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17425 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17428 \begin_layout Description
17429 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17430 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17436 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17439 \begin_inset space ~
17447 \begin_layout Standard
17448 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17449 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17450 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17451 The others will then be defined as
17456 In this context, first means first in this order:
17459 \begin_inset space ~
17471 \begin_inset space ~
17477 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17480 \begin_layout Standard
17482 \begin_inset Tabular
17483 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17484 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17485 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17486 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17487 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17488 <row endfirsthead="true">
17489 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17500 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17519 <row endfirsthead="true">
17520 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <row endhead="true">
17553 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <row endhead="true">
17584 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <row endfoot="true">
17617 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18627 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18762 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18824 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19103 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19196 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19227 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19258 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19320 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19351 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19475 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19598 <row endlastfoot="true">
19599 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19610 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19619 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19636 \begin_layout Subsection
19638 \begin_inset Index idx
19641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19650 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19657 \begin_layout Standard
19658 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19659 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19660 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19661 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19665 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19666 for the cell's paragraph.
19669 \begin_layout Standard
19670 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19671 for the column in the table dialog.
19672 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19673 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19677 \begin_layout Standard
19679 \begin_inset Tabular
19680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19681 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19683 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19773 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 This is longer now.
19834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19885 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19886 This is longer now.
19891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19917 \begin_layout Standard
19918 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19919 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19925 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19931 Selection with the mouse or with
19935 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19936 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19937 the selection from outside the table.
19940 \begin_layout Section
19942 \begin_inset Index idx
19945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19961 \begin_layout Standard
19962 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19963 have a fixed location.
19965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19972 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19980 \begin_inset space ~
19985 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19986 too many notes on the page.
19989 \begin_layout Standard
19990 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19991 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19992 and pages without text.
19993 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19994 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19995 Floats are therefore numbered.
19996 Referencing is described in section
19997 \begin_inset space ~
20001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20003 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20010 \begin_layout Standard
20011 To insert a float, use the menu
20013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20017 A box with a caption that has e.
20018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20022 \begin_inset space \space{}
20026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20030 \begin_inset space ~
20034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20037 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20038 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20040 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20041 \begin_inset Index idx
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20051 paragraph within the float.
20052 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20053 by left-clicking on the box label.
20054 A closed float box looks like this:
20055 \begin_inset Graphics
20056 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20061 – a gray button with a red label.
20064 \begin_layout Standard
20065 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20066 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20069 \begin_layout Subsection
20073 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20075 \begin_inset Index idx
20078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20079 Floats ! Figure floats
20085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20087 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20094 \begin_layout Standard
20097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20098 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20101 inserts a float with the label
20102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20108 \begin_inset space ~
20114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20118 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20119 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20120 This is what we did for Figure
20121 \begin_inset space ~
20125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20127 reference "cap:Platypus"
20132 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20133 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20134 This was done in Figure
20135 \begin_inset space ~
20139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20141 reference "cap:Escher"
20148 \begin_layout Standard
20149 \begin_inset Float figure
20154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20156 \begin_inset Graphics
20157 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20166 \begin_inset Caption
20168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20171 name "cap:Platypus"
20175 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20188 \begin_layout Standard
20189 \begin_inset Float figure
20194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20195 \begin_inset Caption
20197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20215 \begin_inset Graphics
20216 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20229 \begin_layout Standard
20230 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20232 As described in section
20233 \begin_inset space ~
20237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20239 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20243 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20248 and refer to it using the menu
20250 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20254 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20263 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20276 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20277 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20278 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20279 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20281 \begin_inset space ~
20285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20287 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20291 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20292 You can also set the images one below the other.
20294 \begin_inset space ~
20298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20300 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20307 reference "fig:Platypus"
20311 are the subfigures.
20314 \begin_layout Standard
20315 \begin_inset Float figure
20320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20321 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20325 \begin_inset Float figure
20330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20331 \begin_inset Caption
20333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20336 name "fig:Undefinable"
20348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20349 \begin_inset Graphics
20350 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20361 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20365 \begin_inset Float figure
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20371 \begin_inset Caption
20373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20376 name "fig:Platypus"
20388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20389 \begin_inset Graphics
20390 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20402 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20409 \begin_inset Caption
20411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20414 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20418 Two distorted images.
20431 \begin_layout Standard
20432 Note that the caption is added to the
20435 \begin_inset space ~
20439 \begin_inset space ~
20444 as described in section
20445 \begin_inset space ~
20449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20451 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20458 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20460 \begin_inset Index idx
20463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20464 Floats ! Table floats
20472 \begin_layout Standard
20473 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20476 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20480 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20483 \begin_inset space ~
20487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20489 reference "cap:Table-float"
20493 is an example of a table float.
20496 \begin_layout Standard
20497 \begin_inset Float table
20502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20503 \begin_inset Caption
20505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20508 name "cap:Table-float"
20520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20522 \begin_inset Tabular
20523 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20524 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20525 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20654 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20675 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20678 \end{array}\right]$
20686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20699 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20720 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20722 \begin_inset Index idx
20725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20726 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20734 \begin_layout Standard
20735 This float type is inserted with the menu
20737 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20738 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20742 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20743 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20747 , described in section
20748 \begin_inset space ~
20752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20754 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20761 \begin_layout Standard
20762 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20770 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20776 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20779 \begin_layout Standard
20784 floatname{algorithm}{your
20785 \begin_inset space ~
20791 \begin_layout Standard
20792 to the document preamble (menu
20794 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20801 \begin_inset space ~
20807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20821 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20823 \begin_inset Index idx
20826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20827 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20835 \begin_layout Standard
20836 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20844 \begin_inset Graphics
20845 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20854 \begin_inset Caption
20856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20859 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20863 This is a wrapped figure.
20864 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20877 This float type is used if you want to
20878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20885 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20887 It can be inserted using the menu
20889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20890 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20892 \begin_inset space ~
20897 if the LaTeX-package
20902 \begin_inset Index idx
20905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20906 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20916 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20919 \begin_inset space ~
20929 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20932 \begin_inset space ~
20936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20938 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20942 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20943 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20951 Available units are explained in Appendix
20952 \begin_inset space ~
20956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20958 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20967 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20971 \begin_layout Standard
20972 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20980 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20985 \begin_inset space \space{}
20988 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20989 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20998 \begin_layout Itemize
20999 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21000 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21001 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21002 page breaks will appear.
21005 \begin_layout Itemize
21006 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21007 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21010 \begin_layout Itemize
21011 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21012 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21015 \begin_layout Itemize
21016 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21019 \begin_layout Subsection
21021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21023 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21028 \begin_inset Index idx
21031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21040 \begin_layout Standard
21041 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21042 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21046 \begin_inset space ~
21054 \begin_layout Standard
21055 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21056 have a multicolumn document).
21057 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21060 \begin_inset space ~
21066 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21067 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21074 \begin_layout Standard
21075 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21076 format is also the same: Table
21077 \begin_inset space ~
21081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21083 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21087 is an example of a rotated table float.
21090 \begin_layout Standard
21091 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21099 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 \begin_inset Float table
21113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21114 \begin_inset Caption
21116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21119 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21133 \begin_inset Tabular
21134 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21135 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21200 \begin_layout Subsection
21202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21204 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21209 \begin_inset Index idx
21212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21221 \begin_layout Standard
21222 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21223 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21224 \begin_inset Newline newline
21230 \begin_inset space ~
21235 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21236 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21237 \begin_inset Newline newline
21243 \begin_inset space ~
21248 is used to rotate floats, see section
21249 \begin_inset space ~
21253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21255 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21262 \begin_layout Standard
21263 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21264 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21267 \begin_inset space ~
21271 \begin_inset space ~
21279 \begin_layout Description
21281 \begin_inset space ~
21285 \begin_inset space ~
21288 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21291 \begin_layout Description
21293 \begin_inset space ~
21297 \begin_inset space ~
21300 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21303 \begin_layout Description
21305 \begin_inset space ~
21309 \begin_inset space ~
21312 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21315 \begin_layout Description
21317 \begin_inset space ~
21321 \begin_inset space ~
21324 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21327 \begin_layout Standard
21328 The order of the above option is
21333 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21337 \begin_inset space ~
21341 \begin_inset space ~
21349 \begin_inset space ~
21353 \begin_inset space ~
21358 , and then the others.
21359 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21361 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21362 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21365 \begin_layout Standard
21366 By default, each option has its own rules:
21369 \begin_layout Standard
21373 \begin_inset space ~
21377 \begin_inset space ~
21382 only floats occupying less than 70
21383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21386 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21389 \begin_layout Standard
21393 \begin_inset space ~
21397 \begin_inset space ~
21402 : only floats occupying less than 30
21403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21406 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21409 \begin_layout Standard
21413 \begin_inset space ~
21417 \begin_inset space ~
21422 : only if more than 50
21423 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21426 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21430 \begin_layout Standard
21431 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21435 \begin_inset space ~
21439 \begin_inset space ~
21447 \begin_layout Standard
21448 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21449 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21450 For this case you can use the option
21453 \begin_inset space ~
21459 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21461 Because the float is then no longer able to
21462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21469 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21472 \begin_layout Standard
21473 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21474 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21477 \begin_layout Standard
21478 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21480 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21482 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21489 \begin_layout Section
21491 \begin_inset Index idx
21494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21503 name "sec:Minipages"
21510 \begin_layout Standard
21511 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21513 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21514 \begin_inset space ~
21521 \begin_layout Standard
21522 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21528 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21529 and its alignment within the page.
21532 \begin_layout Standard
21534 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21544 height_special "totalheight"
21547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21550 This is a minipage.
21551 The text is set in an italic style.
21554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21557 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21558 another formatting.
21566 \begin_layout Standard
21567 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21570 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21574 as described in section
21575 \begin_inset space ~
21579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21581 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21586 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21592 \begin_layout Standard
21593 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21603 height_special "totalheight"
21606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21607 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21608 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21614 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21618 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21628 height_special "totalheight"
21631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21632 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21633 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21641 \begin_layout Standard
21642 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21648 \begin_layout Standard
21649 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21650 to other box types.
21651 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21662 \begin_layout Chapter
21663 Mathematical Formulas
21664 \begin_inset Index idx
21667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21674 \begin_inset Index idx
21677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21706 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21708 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21715 \begin_layout Standard
21716 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21721 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21724 \begin_layout Section
21726 \begin_inset Index idx
21729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21738 \begin_layout Standard
21739 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21740 \begin_inset Graphics
21741 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21743 groupId toolbarbuttons
21748 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21750 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21751 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21752 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21754 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21760 \begin_layout Standard
21761 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21765 \begin_inset space ~
21770 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21773 \begin_layout Standard
21774 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21775 line, like this one:
21778 \begin_layout Standard
21779 This is a line with an inline formula
21780 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21786 \begin_layout Standard
21787 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21789 \begin_inset Formula
21796 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21799 \begin_layout Standard
21800 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21802 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21806 \begin_inset space \space{}
21810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21823 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21824 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21828 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21831 \begin_inset space ~
21839 \begin_layout Subsection
21840 Navigating in Formulas
21841 \begin_inset Index idx
21844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21853 \begin_layout Standard
21854 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21855 achieved with the arrow keys.
21856 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21857 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21862 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21863 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21867 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21871 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21874 \end{array}\right]$
21882 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21887 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21888 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21891 \begin_layout Standard
21896 , printed in this document as
21897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21918 \begin_inset Note Note
21921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21922 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21923 space character (visible space).
21928 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21929 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21930 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21935 For example, if you want
21936 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21990 , since in the latter case only the
21993 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21998 will be under the square root sign:
21999 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22005 \begin_layout Standard
22006 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22008 \begin_inset Formula
22010 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22019 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22020 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22023 \begin_layout Subsection
22027 \begin_layout Standard
22028 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22029 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22033 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22034 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22035 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22036 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22037 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22040 \begin_layout Subsection
22041 Exponents and Subscripts
22042 \begin_inset Index idx
22045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22052 \begin_inset Index idx
22055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22064 \begin_layout Standard
22065 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22066 way is to use a command.
22068 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22071 , type in a formula
22077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22093 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22099 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22103 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22124 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22133 , you have to use an extra
22137 to separate the hat and the character.
22139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22143 \begin_inset space \space{}
22147 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22168 Subscripts are similar: To get
22169 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22192 \begin_layout Subsection
22194 \begin_inset Index idx
22197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22206 \begin_layout Standard
22207 Create a fraction with either the command
22214 \begin_inset Graphics
22215 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22223 \begin_inset space ~
22229 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22230 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22231 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22236 To move back up, press
22241 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22242 \begin_inset Formula
22244 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22247 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22255 \begin_layout Subsection
22257 \begin_inset Index idx
22260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22269 \begin_layout Standard
22270 Roots can be created using the
22273 \begin_inset space ~
22279 \begin_inset Graphics
22280 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22282 groupId toolbarbuttons
22305 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22311 produces always a square root.
22314 \begin_layout Subsection
22315 Operators with Limits
22316 \begin_inset Index idx
22319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22326 \begin_inset Index idx
22329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22338 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22345 \begin_layout Standard
22347 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22351 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22354 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22355 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22356 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22357 The sum operator will automatically place its
22358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22365 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22368 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22372 \begin_inset Formula
22374 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22379 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22383 \begin_layout Standard
22384 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22386 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22387 behind the operator and hitting
22395 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22396 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22398 \begin_inset space ~
22402 \begin_inset space ~
22410 \begin_layout Standard
22411 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22419 feature as addition, such as
22420 \begin_inset Index idx
22423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22430 \begin_inset Formula
22432 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22437 which will place the
22438 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22450 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22451 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22457 \begin_layout Standard
22458 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22465 Have a look at section
22466 \begin_inset space ~
22470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22472 reference "sub:Functions"
22476 for an explanation of function macros.
22479 \begin_layout Subsection
22481 \begin_inset Index idx
22484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22493 \begin_layout Standard
22494 Most math symbols can be found in the
22497 \begin_inset space ~
22502 under one of several categories; including
22519 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22523 \begin_layout Standard
22524 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22525 you don't have to use the
22528 \begin_inset space ~
22533 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22534 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22537 \begin_layout Subsection
22539 \begin_inset Index idx
22542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22551 \begin_layout Standard
22552 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22557 arg "space-insert protected"
22563 \begin_inset space ~
22569 \begin_inset Graphics
22570 filename ../images/math/space.png
22572 groupId toolbarbuttons
22577 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22578 For example, the sequence
22583 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22587 \begin_inset Graphics
22588 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22593 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22594 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22595 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22596 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22598 Here are two examples:
22601 \begin_layout Standard
22611 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22617 \begin_layout Standard
22627 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22633 \begin_layout Subsection
22635 \begin_inset Index idx
22638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22647 name "sub:Functions"
22654 \begin_layout Standard
22658 \begin_inset space ~
22663 contains under the button
22664 \begin_inset Graphics
22665 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22667 groupId toolbarbuttons
22671 a number of function macros, such as
22672 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22676 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22684 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22691 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22692 avoid confusions, because
22693 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22697 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22703 \begin_layout Standard
22704 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22706 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22710 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22716 \begin_layout Standard
22717 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22718 s are placed, as described in section
22719 \begin_inset space ~
22723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22725 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22732 \begin_layout Subsection
22734 \begin_inset Index idx
22737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22746 \begin_layout Standard
22747 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22749 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22750 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22755 \begin_inset space \space{}
22759 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22762 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22763 Our example is entered by typing
22771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22784 \begin_inset space ~
22788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22790 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22794 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22797 \begin_layout Standard
22798 \begin_inset Float table
22803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22804 \begin_inset Caption
22806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22809 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22813 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22823 \begin_inset Tabular
22824 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22825 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22826 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22827 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22828 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22912 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22966 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23020 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23074 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23128 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23182 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23236 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23290 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23344 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23389 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23410 \begin_layout Standard
23411 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23414 \begin_inset space ~
23420 \begin_inset Graphics
23421 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23423 groupId toolbarbuttons
23427 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23431 \begin_layout Section
23432 Brackets and Delimiters
23433 \begin_inset Index idx
23436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23443 \begin_inset Index idx
23446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23455 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23462 \begin_layout Standard
23463 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23464 For most purposes, using just the keys
23469 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23470 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23471 toolbar delimiter icon
23472 \begin_inset Graphics
23473 filename ../images/math/delim.png
23475 groupId toolbarbuttons
23480 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23482 \begin_inset Formula
23484 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23492 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23493 \begin_inset Formula
23495 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23503 \begin_layout Standard
23504 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23505 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23508 \begin_layout Standard
23509 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23510 left side and right side.
23511 If you use the option
23514 \begin_inset space ~
23519 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23520 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23521 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23522 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23525 \begin_layout Standard
23526 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23527 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23528 inside the brackets.
23529 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23534 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23537 \begin_layout Section
23538 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23539 \begin_inset Index idx
23542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23549 \begin_inset Index idx
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23559 \begin_inset Index idx
23562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23563 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23571 \begin_layout Standard
23572 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23575 \begin_inset space ~
23581 \begin_inset Graphics
23582 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23584 groupId toolbarbuttons
23589 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23590 Here is an example:
23591 \begin_inset Formula
23593 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23602 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23603 \begin_inset space ~
23607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23609 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23614 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23615 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23616 This alignment is set in the box
23621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23669 for every column as default.
23670 For example, the sequence
23671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23682 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23683 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23684 corresponds to the relevant column.
23685 The result will look like this:
23686 \begin_inset Formula
23689 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23690 column & has & has\, right\\
23691 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23700 \begin_layout Standard
23701 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23704 arg "newline-insert newline"
23707 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23708 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23710 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23713 or the math toolbar.
23716 \begin_layout Standard
23717 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23718 It can be created with the menu
23720 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23721 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23723 \begin_inset space ~
23735 Here is an example:
23736 \begin_inset Formula
23750 \begin_layout Standard
23751 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23754 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23757 arg "newline-insert newline"
23761 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23766 arg "newline-insert newline"
23769 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23777 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23778 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23779 A new row is created by every further hit of
23782 arg "newline-insert newline"
23786 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23787 Here is an example:
23788 \begin_inset Formula
23790 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23791 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23796 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23797 where you want to start the shift and hit
23802 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23803 position to the next column.
23804 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23805 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23806 \begin_inset Formula
23808 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23816 \begin_layout Standard
23817 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23824 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23825 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23828 reference "eq:asquared"
23833 The other types are described in section
23834 \begin_inset space ~
23838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23840 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23847 \begin_layout Section
23848 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23849 \begin_inset Index idx
23852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23853 Math ! Formula numbering
23859 \begin_inset Index idx
23862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23863 Math ! Referencing formulas
23869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23871 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23878 \begin_layout Standard
23879 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23881 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23882 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23884 \begin_inset space ~
23892 arg "math-number-toggle"
23896 The formula number appears in LyX as
23897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23904 within parentheses.
23906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23913 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23915 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23916 the document class.
23917 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23918 separated by a dot:
23919 \begin_inset Formula
23929 arg "math-number-toggle"
23932 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23933 You can only number displayed formulas.
23936 \begin_layout Standard
23937 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23939 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23940 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23942 \begin_inset space ~
23946 \begin_inset space ~
23950 \begin_inset space ~
23958 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23961 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23962 \begin_inset Formula
23965 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23971 To number all lines use the shortcut
23974 arg "math-number-toggle"
23980 \begin_layout Standard
23981 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23984 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23985 A label is inserted with the menu
23987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23990 when the cursor is in the formula.
23991 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23992 It is recommended to use the proposed
23993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24004 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24005 type when you have many labels in your document.
24006 We inserted in the following example the label
24007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24014 in the second line:
24015 \begin_inset Formula
24017 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24018 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24023 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24024 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24034 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24038 \begin_inset space ~
24044 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24045 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24046 as the formula number:
24049 \begin_layout Standard
24050 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24053 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24060 \begin_layout Standard
24061 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24062 \begin_inset space ~
24066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24068 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24073 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24076 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24079 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24084 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24092 \begin_layout Section
24093 User defined math macros
24094 \begin_inset Index idx
24097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24106 \begin_layout Standard
24107 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24108 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24109 Math macros are explained in section
24112 \begin_inset space ~
24124 \begin_layout Section
24128 \begin_layout Subsection
24130 \begin_inset Index idx
24133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24142 \begin_layout Standard
24143 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24144 To set a font in a formula, use the
24147 \begin_inset space ~
24153 \begin_inset Graphics
24154 filename ../images/math/font.png
24156 groupId toolbarbuttons
24160 , or enter its command, listed in table
24161 \begin_inset space ~
24165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24167 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24174 \begin_layout Standard
24175 \begin_inset Float table
24180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24181 \begin_inset Caption
24183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24186 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24190 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24200 \begin_inset Tabular
24201 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24202 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24236 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24263 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24290 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24323 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24350 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24377 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24411 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24438 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24472 \begin_layout Standard
24473 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24481 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24497 \begin_layout Standard
24498 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24499 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24504 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24505 space when you need a space in the box.
24506 Here an example where
24507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24518 denotes the set of numbers:
24519 \begin_inset Formula
24521 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24529 \begin_layout Standard
24530 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24536 \begin_inset space \space{}
24548 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24552 \begin_inset Newline newline
24555 So it is better not to use this feature.
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24559 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24560 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24564 \begin_inset Newline newline
24567 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24573 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24574 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24580 \begin_layout Standard
24587 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24590 \begin_layout Standard
24591 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24593 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24594 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24596 \begin_inset space ~
24604 \begin_layout Subsection
24606 \begin_inset Index idx
24609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24618 \begin_layout Standard
24619 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24621 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24625 \begin_inset space ~
24629 \begin_inset space ~
24637 \begin_inset space ~
24643 \begin_inset Graphics
24644 filename ../images/math/font.png
24646 groupId toolbarbuttons
24657 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24658 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24659 Here is an example:
24660 \begin_inset Formula
24663 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24664 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24673 \begin_layout Subsection
24675 \begin_inset Index idx
24678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24687 \begin_layout Standard
24688 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24689 automatically chosen in most situations.
24707 For most characters,
24715 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24716 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24721 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24722 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24724 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24725 \begin_inset Graphics
24726 filename ../images/math/style.png
24728 groupId toolbarbuttons
24733 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24734 For example, you can set
24735 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24738 , which is normally in
24747 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24751 The four styles are used in the following example:
24754 \begin_layout Standard
24755 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24759 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24763 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24767 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24773 \begin_layout Standard
24774 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24775 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24777 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24779 \begin_inset space ~
24784 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24785 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24786 will be adjusted to correspond.
24787 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24798 \begin_layout Standard
24802 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24808 \begin_layout Section
24812 \begin_layout Standard
24813 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24814 the document classes and into layout modules.
24815 \begin_inset Index idx
24818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24824 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24825 other than the AMS classes.
24827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24829 reference "sub:Modules"
24833 for more on layout modules.
24836 \begin_layout Section
24838 \begin_inset Index idx
24841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24848 \begin_inset Index idx
24851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24860 \begin_layout Standard
24861 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24862 (AMS) that are in common use.
24865 \begin_layout Subsection
24866 Enabling AMS-Support
24869 \begin_layout Standard
24870 Selecting the checkbox
24873 \begin_inset space ~
24877 \begin_inset space ~
24881 \begin_inset space ~
24888 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24892 \begin_inset Index idx
24895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24896 Document ! Settings
24904 \begin_inset space ~
24909 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24911 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24912 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24915 \begin_layout Subsection
24917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24919 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24924 \begin_inset Index idx
24927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24928 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24936 \begin_layout Standard
24937 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24938 LyX allows you to choose between
24959 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24962 \begin_layout Chapter
24966 \begin_layout Section
24968 \begin_inset Index idx
24971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24980 name "sec:Cross-References"
24987 \begin_layout Standard
24988 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24989 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24991 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24992 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24993 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24996 \begin_layout Enumerate
25000 \begin_layout Enumerate
25001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25003 name "enu:Second-item"
25010 \begin_layout Enumerate
25014 \begin_layout Standard
25015 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25020 or by pressing the toolbar button
25021 \begin_inset Graphics
25022 filename ../images/label-insert.png
25024 groupId toolbarbuttons
25029 A grey label box like this:
25030 \begin_inset Graphics
25031 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25036 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25037 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25072 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25077 \begin_inset space \space{}
25080 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25095 \begin_layout Standard
25096 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25101 or the toolbar button
25102 \begin_inset Graphics
25103 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
25105 groupId toolbarbuttons
25110 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25111 \begin_inset Graphics
25112 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25117 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25119 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25132 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25139 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25142 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25147 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25148 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25150 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25156 \begin_layout Standard
25157 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25158 \begin_inset space ~
25162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25164 reference "enu:Second-item"
25171 \begin_layout Standard
25172 It is recommended to use a protected space
25176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25177 described in section
25178 \begin_inset space ~
25182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25184 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25193 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25197 \begin_layout Standard
25198 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25201 \begin_layout Description
25202 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25205 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25212 \begin_layout Description
25213 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25214 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25226 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25233 \begin_layout Description
25234 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25235 \begin_inset space ~
25239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25240 LatexCommand pageref
25241 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25248 \begin_layout Description
25250 \begin_inset space ~
25254 \begin_inset space ~
25257 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25259 LatexCommand vpageref
25260 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25267 \begin_layout Description
25269 \begin_inset space ~
25273 \begin_inset space ~
25277 \begin_inset space ~
25280 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25283 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25290 \begin_layout Description
25292 \begin_inset space ~
25295 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25296 \begin_inset Newline newline
25300 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25308 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25317 \begin_inset Index idx
25320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25321 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25327 \begin_inset Index idx
25330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25331 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25344 \begin_layout Description
25346 \begin_inset space ~
25349 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25351 LatexCommand nameref
25352 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25359 \begin_layout Standard
25364 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25367 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25371 \begin_inset space \space{}
25375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25389 <reference> on page <page>
25391 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25395 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25396 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25397 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25401 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25405 \begin_layout Standard
25406 You can only use the style
25410 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25414 is always possible.
25417 \begin_layout Standard
25418 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25419 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25421 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25422 \begin_inset space ~
25426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25428 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25435 \begin_layout Standard
25436 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25440 \begin_inset space ~
25444 \begin_inset space ~
25449 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25450 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25453 \begin_inset space ~
25458 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25459 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25460 \begin_inset Graphics
25461 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
25463 groupId toolbarbuttons
25470 \begin_layout Standard
25471 You can change labels at any time.
25472 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25473 do not need to take care about this.
25476 \begin_layout Standard
25477 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25478 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25481 \begin_layout Standard
25482 References are described in detail in sec.
25483 \begin_inset space ~
25487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25501 \begin_layout Section
25502 Table of Contents and other Listings
25503 \begin_inset Index idx
25506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25513 \begin_inset Index idx
25516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25532 \begin_layout Subsection
25534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25536 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25543 \begin_layout Standard
25544 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25547 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25549 \begin_inset space ~
25553 \begin_inset space ~
25559 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25560 If you click on it, the
25564 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25565 sections in your documents.
25566 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25568 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25571 that is described in sec.
25572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25578 reference "sec:Navigating"
25585 \begin_layout Standard
25586 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25587 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25589 \begin_inset space ~
25593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25595 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25599 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25601 \begin_inset space ~
25605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25607 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25611 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25613 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25616 \begin_layout Subsection
25617 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25620 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25628 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25629 You can insert them via the
25631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25633 \begin_inset space ~
25637 \begin_inset space ~
25643 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25646 \begin_layout Section
25647 URLs and Hyperlinks
25648 \begin_inset Index idx
25651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25658 \begin_inset Index idx
25661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25670 \begin_layout Subsection
25672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25681 \begin_layout Standard
25682 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25690 \begin_layout Standard
25691 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25692 \begin_inset Flex URL
25695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25705 \begin_layout Standard
25706 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25712 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25716 \begin_layout Standard
25717 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25725 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25733 \begin_layout Subsection
25735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25737 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25744 \begin_layout Standard
25745 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25750 or with the toolbar button
25751 \begin_inset Graphics
25752 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25754 groupId toolbarbuttons
25759 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25768 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25769 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25770 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25772 name "LyX's homepage"
25773 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25777 , an Email address like this:
25778 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25780 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25781 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25786 , or a link to a file.
25789 \begin_layout Standard
25790 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25803 to the link target.
25806 \begin_layout Standard
25807 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25808 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25809 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25810 the text style dialog.
25811 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25815 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25817 name "LyX's homepage"
25818 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25825 \begin_layout Standard
25826 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25830 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25832 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25833 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25837 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25839 \begin_inset Newline newline
25847 \begin_inset Newline newline
25854 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25857 \begin_layout Section
25859 \begin_inset Index idx
25862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25871 name "sec:Appendices"
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25879 Appendices are created with the menu
25881 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25883 \begin_inset space ~
25887 \begin_inset space ~
25893 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25894 as the appendix region.
25895 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25899 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25900 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25901 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25902 and the subsection number.
25903 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25907 \begin_layout Standard
25909 \begin_inset space ~
25913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25915 reference "cha:Credits"
25920 \begin_inset space ~
25924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25926 reference "sub:Export"
25933 \begin_layout Section
25935 \begin_inset Index idx
25938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25947 name "sec:Bibliography"
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25955 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25956 You can include a bibliography database,
25960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25961 Known under the name
25962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25974 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25975 manually, using the paragraph environment
25979 , which was described in section
25980 \begin_inset space ~
25984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25986 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25991 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25992 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25996 use a bibliography database.
25999 \begin_layout Subsection
26000 The Bibliography Environment
26003 \begin_layout Standard
26008 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26010 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26019 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26021 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26030 , a short form of its title, as key.
26033 \begin_layout Standard
26034 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26039 or the toolbar button
26040 \begin_inset Graphics
26041 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
26043 groupId toolbarbuttons
26048 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26049 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26050 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26051 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26056 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26057 entry with surrounding brackets.
26062 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26063 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26075 \begin_layout Standard
26078 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26081 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26083 key "latexcompanion"
26090 \begin_layout Standard
26091 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26092 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26101 \begin_layout Subsection
26102 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26103 \begin_inset Index idx
26106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26107 Bibliography ! Databases
26113 \begin_inset Index idx
26116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26117 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26125 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26132 \begin_layout Standard
26133 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26139 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26141 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26142 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26147 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26149 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26150 your working field in a database.
26151 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26152 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26154 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26158 \begin_layout Standard
26159 The database is a text file with the file extension
26160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26171 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26172 The format is explained in
26173 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26179 and in LaTeX books (
26180 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26182 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26187 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26188 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26189 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26190 \begin_inset Flex URL
26193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26195 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26203 \begin_layout Standard
26204 To use a database, use the menu
26206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26211 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26224 \begin_inset space ~
26230 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26231 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26234 Add bibliography to TOC
26236 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26241 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26242 in the document or just the cited references.
26245 \begin_layout Standard
26246 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26258 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26259 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26260 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26262 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26268 For information how this is done, have a look at
26269 \begin_inset Newline newline
26273 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26275 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26287 \begin_layout Standard
26288 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26291 \begin_layout Standard
26292 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26293 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26296 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26324 \begin_inset space ~
26330 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26336 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26345 \begin_layout Standard
26346 When you select the option
26348 Sectioned bibliography
26352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26355 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26356 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26358 Customizing Bibliographies
26366 Additional Features
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26372 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26373 the two methods of creating them.
26374 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26375 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26376 We used the style file
26380 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26383 \begin_layout Subsection
26384 Bibliography layout
26385 \begin_inset Index idx
26388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26389 Bibliography ! Layout
26397 \begin_layout Standard
26398 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26399 For this feature you need to enable the option
26405 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26409 \begin_inset Index idx
26412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26413 Document ! Settings
26423 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26424 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26425 in the previous section.
26428 \begin_layout Standard
26429 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26430 in the citation reference window.
26431 Here an example where we set the text
26432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26436 \begin_inset space ~
26440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26443 to appear after the reference:
26446 \begin_layout Standard
26448 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26451 key "latexcompanion"
26458 \begin_layout Section
26460 \begin_inset Index idx
26463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26479 \begin_layout Standard
26480 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26482 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26484 \begin_inset space ~
26489 or the toolbar button
26490 \begin_inset Graphics
26491 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26493 groupId toolbarbuttons
26499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26510 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26511 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26512 by LyX as the index entry.
26515 \begin_layout Standard
26516 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26517 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26519 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26521 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26528 \begin_layout Standard
26529 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26533 \begin_inset space ~
26537 \begin_inset space ~
26540 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26542 \begin_inset space ~
26548 A light blue box labeled
26549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26560 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26561 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26564 \begin_layout Subsection
26565 Grouping Index Entries
26566 \begin_inset Index idx
26569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26578 \begin_layout Standard
26579 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26581 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26582 lists under the entry
26583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26591 First we create the entry
26592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26600 \begin_inset space ~
26604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26606 reference "sub:Lists"
26611 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26612 \begin_inset space ~
26616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26618 reference "sec:Itemize"
26622 , we insert the command
26625 \begin_layout Standard
26631 \begin_layout Standard
26635 \begin_layout Standard
26641 \begin_layout Standard
26642 for the enumerated list in section
26643 \begin_inset space ~
26647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26649 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26656 \begin_layout Standard
26657 The exclamation mark
26658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26665 marks the grouping levels.
26666 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26667 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26668 If we don't have an index entry for
26669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26676 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26679 \begin_layout Subsection
26681 \begin_inset Index idx
26684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26685 Index ! Page ranges
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26694 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26696 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26697 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26699 \begin_inset space ~
26703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26705 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26712 \begin_layout Standard
26715 Paragraph environments|(
26718 \begin_layout Standard
26719 and another entry at the end of section
26720 \begin_inset space ~
26724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26726 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26733 \begin_layout Standard
26736 Paragraph environments|)
26739 \begin_layout Standard
26741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26764 respectively start and end the index range.
26765 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26766 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26767 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26768 An example is the index entry
26769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26772 Document ! Settings
26773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26779 \begin_layout Subsection
26781 \begin_inset Index idx
26784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26785 Index ! Cross referencing
26793 \begin_layout Standard
26794 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26795 We referred for example in the index entry
26796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26804 \begin_inset space ~
26808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26810 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26814 ) to the index entry
26815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26822 in the same section using the entry
26825 \begin_layout Standard
26828 GIF|see{Image formats}
26831 \begin_layout Standard
26832 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26833 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26834 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26837 \begin_layout Subsection
26839 \begin_inset Index idx
26842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26843 Index ! Entry order
26851 \begin_layout Standard
26852 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26853 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26854 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26859 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26861 \begin_inset space ~
26865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26867 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26876 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26877 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26902 \begin_inset Index idx
26905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26906 Dummy entries ! maïs
26912 \begin_inset Index idx
26915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26916 Dummy entries ! maître
26922 \begin_inset Index idx
26925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26926 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26931 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26932 order maïs, maison, maître.
26933 To achieve this, we use the command
26936 \begin_layout Standard
26939 previous entry@current entry
26942 \begin_layout Standard
26943 In our case we want to have
26944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26959 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26962 \begin_layout Standard
26968 \begin_layout Standard
26969 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26970 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26974 \begin_layout Standard
26975 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26981 \begin_layout Standard
26982 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26987 to generate the index (see sec.
26988 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26994 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27003 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27011 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27015 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27016 index commands start with
27017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27029 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27034 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27037 \begin_layout Standard
27049 \begin_layout Standard
27061 \begin_layout Subsection
27063 \begin_inset Index idx
27066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27067 Index ! Entry layout
27075 \begin_layout Standard
27076 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27077 \begin_inset Index idx
27080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27083 This is an italic dummy entry
27088 You can also format the page number using the character
27089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27096 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27097 We can write for example
27100 \begin_layout Standard
27103 italic page number:|textit
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27107 to get the page number in italic.
27108 \begin_inset Index idx
27111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27112 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27117 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27135 \begin_inset space ~
27141 Have a look at section
27142 \begin_inset space ~
27146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27148 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27152 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27156 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27164 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27168 to generate the index, see sec.
27169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27175 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27184 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27185 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27186 they can be used, see
27187 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27190 key "latexcompanion"
27202 \begin_layout Standard
27203 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27205 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27206 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27207 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27208 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27209 If so, put the following in the preamble
27212 \begin_layout Standard
27224 \begin_layout Standard
27228 \begin_layout Standard
27234 \begin_layout Standard
27235 in the index entry.
27236 \begin_inset Index idx
27239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27240 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27245 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27246 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27247 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27250 \begin_layout Standard
27251 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27257 \begin_inset space \space{}
27260 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27261 for all index entries.
27262 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27274 documentation for details,
27275 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27277 key "makeindex,xindy"
27284 \begin_layout Subsection
27286 \begin_inset Index idx
27289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27298 name "sub:Index-Program"
27305 \begin_layout Standard
27306 If the index entry program
27310 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27314 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27323 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27324 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27325 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27326 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27327 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27337 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27338 dialog, see section
27339 \begin_inset space ~
27343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27345 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27350 The available options are listed and explained in
27351 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27353 key "makeindex,xindy"
27358 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27362 \begin_layout Standard
27363 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27364 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27367 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27368 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27369 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27373 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27374 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27377 \begin_layout Subsection
27381 \begin_layout Standard
27382 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27383 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27391 next to the standard index.
27392 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27393 packages that add this feature.
27399 \begin_inset Index idx
27402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27403 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27408 package to generate multiple indexes.
27409 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27410 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27411 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27418 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27419 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27420 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27424 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27426 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27427 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27428 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27435 Use multiple Indexes
27436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27440 Note that the list of
27441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27448 below already contains the standard index.
27449 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27450 also appear as a heading) to the
27451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27458 input field and press the
27459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27467 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27468 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27469 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27473 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27479 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27480 indexes in the LyX work area.
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27484 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27487 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27489 \begin_inset space ~
27493 \begin_inset space ~
27502 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27503 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27504 are some additional features:
27507 \begin_layout Itemize
27508 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27509 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27512 \begin_layout Itemize
27513 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27514 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27523 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27528 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27529 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27530 to the non-subindexes.
27533 \begin_layout Section
27534 Nomenclature / Glossary
27535 \begin_inset Index idx
27538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27545 \begin_inset Index idx
27548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27579 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27587 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27588 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27593 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27598 \begin_inset Index idx
27601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27602 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27608 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27609 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27615 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27618 \begin_layout Standard
27619 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27620 and then use the menu
27622 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27628 \begin_inset space ~
27633 or the toolbar button
27634 \begin_inset Graphics
27635 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
27637 groupId toolbarbuttons
27643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27654 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27657 \begin_layout Standard
27658 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27659 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27660 The second is the description of the symbol.
27663 \begin_layout Standard
27664 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27672 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27680 \begin_layout Subsection
27681 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27682 \begin_inset Index idx
27685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27686 Nomenclature ! Layout
27694 \begin_layout Standard
27695 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27699 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27705 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27713 \begin_inset Newline newline
27721 \begin_inset Newline newline
27727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27734 character starts/ends the formula.
27735 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27747 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27757 \begin_layout Standard
27758 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27759 \begin_inset space ~
27763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27765 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27776 \begin_inset space ~
27781 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27782 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27787 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27794 in this document is:
27795 \begin_inset Newline newline
27800 dummy entry for the character
27805 \begin_inset Newline newline
27817 \begin_inset space ~
27827 font use the command
27856 \begin_layout Subsection
27857 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27858 \begin_inset Index idx
27861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27862 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27870 \begin_layout Standard
27871 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27872 the symbol definition.
27873 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27874 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27877 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27878 LatexCommand nomenclature
27880 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27887 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27891 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27892 LatexCommand nomenclature
27895 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27900 They will be sorted by
27901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27927 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27930 will be sorted before the
27934 since the character
27935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27942 is considered in sorting.
27945 \begin_layout Standard
27946 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27949 \begin_inset space ~
27954 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27955 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27957 For the example given, you can insert
27961 in this field for the
27962 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27969 will be located before
27970 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27976 \begin_layout Standard
27977 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27982 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27991 \begin_layout Subsection
27992 Nomenclature Options
27993 \begin_inset Index idx
27996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27997 Nomenclature ! Options
28005 \begin_layout Standard
28010 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28011 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28014 \begin_layout Description
28015 refeq Appends the phrase
28016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28031 to every nomenclature entry, where
28037 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28040 \begin_layout Description
28041 refpage Appends the phrase
28042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28057 to every nomenclature entry, where
28063 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28066 \begin_layout Description
28067 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28070 \begin_layout Standard
28071 There are furthermore the options
28115 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28119 \begin_layout Standard
28120 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28121 class options list in the
28123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28127 In this document the option
28134 \begin_layout Standard
28135 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28141 \begin_layout Standard
28142 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28143 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28148 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28151 \begin_layout Description
28161 \begin_layout Description
28164 nomrefpage Like the
28171 \begin_layout Description
28174 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28183 \begin_layout Description
28187 \begin_inset space ~
28193 \begin_inset space ~
28198 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28201 \begin_layout Subsection
28202 Printing the Nomenclature
28203 \begin_inset Index idx
28206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28207 Nomenclature ! Printing
28215 \begin_layout Standard
28216 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28220 \begin_inset space ~
28224 \begin_inset space ~
28227 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28231 A light blue box labeled
28232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28243 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28244 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28247 \begin_layout Standard
28248 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28257 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28265 For example, in order to change the name to
28269 , add the following line to the preamble:
28272 \begin_layout Standard
28280 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28283 \begin_layout Standard
28284 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28290 \begin_layout Standard
28291 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28292 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28303 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28309 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28310 \begin_inset space ~
28314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28316 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28321 The default value is 1
28322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28328 \begin_layout Subsection
28329 Nomenclature Program
28330 \begin_inset Index idx
28333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28334 Nomenclature ! Program
28340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28342 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28349 \begin_layout Standard
28350 LyX uses the program
28354 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28355 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28360 by adding options, see section
28361 \begin_inset space ~
28365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28367 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28372 The available options are listed and explained in
28373 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28375 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28382 \begin_layout Section
28384 \begin_inset Index idx
28387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28394 \begin_inset Index idx
28397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28398 Document ! Branches
28404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28406 name "sec:Branches"
28413 \begin_layout Standard
28414 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28415 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28416 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28417 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28420 \begin_layout Standard
28421 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28422 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28423 To create a branch, either select the menu
28425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28426 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28429 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28431 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28438 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28439 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28440 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28441 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28442 (see below for an example).
28443 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28444 to the name of the other) and to add
28445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28457 \begin_inset space ~
28460 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28461 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28464 \begin_layout Standard
28465 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28466 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28471 where you can choose a branch.
28472 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28476 \begin_layout Standard
28477 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28478 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28481 \begin_layout Standard
28482 \begin_inset Branch Question
28485 \begin_layout Standard
28486 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28494 \begin_layout Standard
28495 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28498 \begin_layout Standard
28499 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28507 \begin_layout Standard
28514 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28515 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28518 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28519 Consider for example a file
28520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28527 which has the above branches.
28529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28536 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28560 branch were inactive,
28561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28576 branch was active, likewise
28577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28592 branch was active, and
28593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28596 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28600 if both branches were active.
28601 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28605 \begin_layout Standard
28606 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28612 \begin_layout Standard
28613 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28614 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28616 For example you can define for the question branch
28620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28621 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28622 \begin_inset space ~
28626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28628 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28640 \begin_layout Standard
28650 \begin_layout Standard
28660 \begin_layout Standard
28661 and for the answer branch
28664 \begin_layout Standard
28674 \begin_layout Standard
28684 \begin_layout Standard
28685 \begin_inset Branch Question
28688 \begin_layout Standard
28692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28720 \begin_layout Standard
28721 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28724 \begin_layout Standard
28728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28756 \begin_layout Standard
28757 Now it is possible to use the commands
28761 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28768 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28771 to obtain conditional output.
28772 Here is an example formula where only the
28779 \begin_inset Formula
28781 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28789 \begin_layout Standard
28790 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28798 \begin_layout Section
28800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28802 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28807 \begin_inset Index idx
28810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28819 \begin_layout Standard
28824 dialog allows you in the
28828 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28829 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28834 \begin_inset Index idx
28837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28838 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28846 \begin_layout Standard
28851 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28852 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28853 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28855 You can specify in the dialog tab
28859 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28861 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28862 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28871 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28872 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28873 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28875 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28876 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28878 \begin_inset space ~
28881 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28882 \begin_inset space ~
28885 1 will only display the sections.
28888 \begin_layout Standard
28889 The header information in the dialog tab
28893 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28894 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28895 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28899 \begin_inset space \space{}
28902 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28903 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28906 Automatic fill header
28908 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28909 title and author settings.
28912 \begin_layout Standard
28915 Load in fullscreen mode
28917 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28920 \begin_layout Standard
28921 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28922 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28928 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28929 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28938 \begin_layout Section
28939 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28942 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28949 \begin_layout Subsection
28951 \begin_inset Index idx
28954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28963 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28970 \begin_layout Standard
28971 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28972 constructs, but not all.
28973 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28974 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28975 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28976 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28977 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28981 \begin_layout Standard
28982 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28984 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28988 \begin_inset space ~
28993 or by the toolbar button
28994 \begin_inset Graphics
28995 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28997 groupId toolbarbuttons
29002 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29006 \begin_layout Standard
29007 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29008 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29009 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29010 using the LaTeX-command
29016 , you can write the command part
29022 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29026 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29027 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29028 the following example:
29031 \begin_layout Standard
29032 \begin_inset Graphics
29033 filename clipart/ERT.png
29041 \begin_layout Standard
29045 \begin_layout Standard
29046 This is a line with a
29050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29073 \begin_layout Standard
29074 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29082 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29083 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29091 \begin_layout Subsection
29092 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29093 \begin_inset Argument
29096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29103 \begin_inset Index idx
29106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29115 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29122 \begin_layout Standard
29123 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29124 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29125 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29134 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29135 any time if you know the right commands.
29137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29141 \begin_inset space \space{}
29144 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29146 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29147 all caption labels bold.
29148 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29150 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29154 \begin_layout Standard
29155 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29156 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29157 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29159 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29168 \begin_layout Standard
29169 As result you know that the package
29174 \begin_inset Index idx
29177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29178 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29184 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29186 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29192 \begin_layout Standard
29197 usepackage[options]{package name}
29200 \begin_layout Standard
29201 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29202 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29203 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29206 \begin_layout Standard
29207 In your case the package name is
29212 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29217 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29218 So you add the command
29221 \begin_layout Standard
29226 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29229 \begin_layout Standard
29230 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29235 For more commands provided by the
29239 package, have a look at its documentation,
29240 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29254 \begin_layout Standard
29255 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29257 For example if you use a
29261 class, you don't need the package
29265 , you can instead write
29268 \begin_layout Standard
29273 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29278 \begin_layout Standard
29279 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29280 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29281 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29288 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29291 \begin_layout Standard
29292 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29293 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29295 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29296 the previous section.
29299 \begin_layout Standard
29300 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29302 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29304 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29312 \begin_layout Section
29313 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29316 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29321 \begin_inset Index idx
29324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29331 \begin_inset Index idx
29334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29343 \begin_layout Standard
29344 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29345 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29346 to break your train of thought with
29348 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29354 \begin_layout Standard
29355 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29356 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29361 \begin_inset Index idx
29364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29365 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29370 as explained below, and turn on
29373 \begin_inset space ~
29380 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29384 \begin_inset space ~
29388 \begin_inset space ~
29391 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29396 \begin_inset space ~
29401 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29404 \begin_layout Standard
29405 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29407 Previews of an already loaded document are
29411 generated just by selecting the
29414 \begin_inset space ~
29419 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29422 \begin_layout Standard
29423 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29424 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29427 \begin_inset space ~
29432 check box in the insert dialog.
29433 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29437 \begin_layout Standard
29438 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29442 (on some systems named simply
29447 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29449 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29455 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29456 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29464 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29468 \begin_layout Standard
29469 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29475 \begin_layout Standard
29476 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29480 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29482 \begin_inset space ~
29487 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29488 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29490 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29491 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29492 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29493 the source view window.
29496 \begin_layout Section
29497 Advanced Find and Replace
29498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29500 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
29505 \begin_inset Index idx
29508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29515 \begin_inset Index idx
29518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29527 \begin_layout Subsection
29531 \begin_layout Standard
29532 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
29533 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
29534 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
29535 The key-features are:
29538 \begin_layout Itemize
29539 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
29540 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
29541 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
29545 \begin_layout Itemize
29546 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
29547 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
29548 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
29549 a section heading will only be found within section headings
29552 \begin_layout Itemize
29553 Search may be widened to a specific
29558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29562 \begin_inset space ~
29565 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
29566 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
29573 \begin_layout Itemize
29574 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
29575 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
29576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29580 \begin_inset space ~
29583 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
29586 \begin_layout Subsection
29590 \begin_layout Standard
29591 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
29594 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29607 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
29610 ) or the toolbar button
29611 \begin_inset Graphics
29612 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_findreplaceadv.png
29614 groupId toolbarbuttons
29621 Advanced Find and Replace
29626 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29630 \begin_layout Standard
29635 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
29640 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
29645 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
29646 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
29647 Pressing repeatedly
29651 keeps searching forward.
29652 Similarly, pressing
29656 searches for the entered text backwards.
29659 \begin_layout Standard
29660 While searching, the
29664 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
29674 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
29677 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29678 Searching for mathematics
29681 \begin_layout Standard
29682 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
29686 editor a mathematical formula, such as
29687 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
29690 or also something more complex like
29691 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
29695 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
29696 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
29697 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
29698 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
29704 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29708 \begin_layout Standard
29709 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
29710 This is done by switching to the
29711 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
29715 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
29720 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
29725 This way, entering in the
29732 \begin_layout Itemize
29733 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
29734 in emphasized or boldface.
29737 \begin_layout Itemize
29738 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
29739 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
29740 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
29741 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
29744 \begin_layout Itemize
29745 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
29746 of if only within section headings.
29747 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
29748 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
29752 \begin_layout Itemize
29753 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
29754 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
29757 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29761 \begin_layout Standard
29762 The text segments matching the text entered in the
29766 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
29774 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
29778 button or alternatively
29800 \begin_layout Standard
29801 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
29802 text segments in your document.
29803 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
29807 \begin_layout Itemize
29808 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
29809 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
29810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29817 with its typewriter version
29820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29830 \begin_layout Itemize
29831 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
29833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29837 \begin_inset Formula $R$
29841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29849 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
29853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29856 (you may want to enable the
29864 options and disable the
29869 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
29873 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
29878 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
29879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29886 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
29887 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
29891 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
29894 , or occurrences of
29895 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
29899 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
29905 \begin_layout Subsection
29909 \begin_layout Standard
29910 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
29914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29915 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
29917 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29919 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
29928 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
29934 This is done via the menu
29936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29937 Insert Regular Expression
29940 \change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
29949 while the cursor is in the
29954 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
29955 expression matching rules
29959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29960 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
29962 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29966 \begin_inset space ~
29969 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
29970 to match expressions.
29975 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
29976 same text in the document.
29977 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
29978 Examples of using such a feature may be:
29981 \begin_layout Enumerate
29982 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
29987 editor the fraction
29988 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
29992 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
29995 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
29996 fractions with the given denominator.
29999 \begin_layout Enumerate
30000 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30006 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
30010 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
30018 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30023 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30024 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30026 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30029 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30030 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30033 \begin_layout Standard
30034 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30035 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30036 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30039 , and referring back to them through
30040 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30044 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30048 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30051 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30052 For example, try searching for the regexp
30053 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30056 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30059 \begin_layout Standard
30060 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30061 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30062 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30067 \begin_inset space ~
30071 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30074 always refers to the first occurrence of
30075 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30078 in all entered regexps.
30081 \begin_layout Standard
30082 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30086 \begin_layout Section
30088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30090 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30095 \begin_inset Index idx
30098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30107 \begin_layout Standard
30108 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
30109 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30126 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30132 can be seen as the successor to
30140 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30146 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30147 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30155 \begin_layout Standard
30156 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30157 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30164 \begin_layout Standard
30167 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30170 or the toolbar button
30171 \begin_inset Graphics
30172 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
30174 groupId toolbarbuttons
30178 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30179 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30180 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30181 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30182 scrolled so that it is visible.
30187 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30189 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30193 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30194 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30197 \begin_layout Standard
30198 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30201 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30205 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30206 will bring an error message.
30207 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30208 specifying a different
30210 Alternative language
30212 in preferences dialog.
30215 \begin_layout Standard
30216 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30219 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30223 \begin_layout Standard
30224 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30225 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30227 But you can use the
30230 \begin_inset space ~
30234 \begin_inset space ~
30242 \begin_layout Standard
30243 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30244 This does work with
30248 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30251 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30255 \begin_layout Standard
30260 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30263 \begin_layout Description
30265 \begin_inset space ~
30268 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30269 should consider, e.
30270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30274 \begin_inset space \space{}
30277 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30278 This should not normally be needed.
30281 \begin_layout Description
30283 \begin_inset space ~
30286 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30287 the spell checker's default choice
30290 \begin_layout Description
30292 \begin_inset space ~
30296 \begin_inset space ~
30299 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30311 \begin_layout Description
30313 \begin_inset space ~
30317 \begin_inset space ~
30320 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30322 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30329 also for the spellchecker.
30333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30334 The encodings are explained in section
30335 \begin_inset space ~
30339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30341 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30350 Only enable this if you use
30354 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30355 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30356 so this is disabled by default.
30359 \begin_layout Section
30361 \begin_inset Index idx
30364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30373 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30380 \begin_layout Standard
30381 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30382 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30392 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30394 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30403 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30404 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30405 are available for many languages.
30408 \begin_layout Standard
30409 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30413 \begin_layout Subsection
30414 Setting up the thesaurus
30417 \begin_layout Standard
30422 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
30427 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
30432 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
30434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30438 en_EN for English).
30439 For instance, the English files are named:
30442 \begin_layout Itemize
30446 \begin_layout Itemize
30450 \begin_layout Standard
30451 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
30452 already on your system.
30453 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
30454 \begin_inset Flex URL
30457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30459 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30465 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
30470 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30472 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30473 unpack a zip archive.
30476 \begin_layout Standard
30485 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
30486 s), and specify the path to this directory in
30488 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30489 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30493 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
30496 \begin_layout Subsection
30497 Using the thesaurus
30500 \begin_layout Standard
30501 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
30503 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30506 or the toolbar button
30507 \begin_inset Graphics
30508 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
30510 groupId toolbarbuttons
30514 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
30516 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
30518 The proposals are grouped into categories.
30519 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
30520 and hyponyms (such as
30528 ), compounds (such as
30532 ) and antonyms (such as
30540 ), which are marked as such.
30543 \begin_layout Standard
30544 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
30545 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
30549 \begin_layout Standard
30550 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
30551 the dictionary, such as the above
30555 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
30556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30560 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
30561 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
30562 For example looking up the word forms
30570 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
30575 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
30576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30588 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
30589 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
30590 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
30593 \begin_layout Subsection
30594 License of the Thesaurus library
30597 \begin_layout Standard
30602 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
30607 as a standalone program.
30608 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
30609 The library was released under the
30611 Berkeley Database License
30613 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
30614 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
30615 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
30617 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
30620 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
30624 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
30627 \begin_layout Section
30629 \begin_inset Index idx
30632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30639 \begin_inset Index idx
30642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30643 Document ! Change Tracking
30649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30651 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
30658 \begin_layout Standard
30659 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
30660 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
30661 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
30662 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
30664 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30666 \begin_inset space ~
30669 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30671 \begin_inset space ~
30679 \begin_layout Standard
30680 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
30694 The color depends on the author that made the change.
30695 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
30698 \begin_inset space ~
30702 \begin_inset space ~
30712 \begin_inset Index idx
30715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30716 Color ! Change tracking
30721 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
30722 the cursor is in changed text.
30723 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
30724 \begin_inset Graphics
30725 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
30727 groupId toolbarbuttons
30734 \begin_layout Standard
30735 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
30736 \begin_inset Index idx
30739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30748 \begin_layout Standard
30749 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30755 \begin_layout Standard
30756 \begin_inset Graphics
30757 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
30765 \begin_layout Standard
30766 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30772 \begin_layout Standard
30773 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30777 \begin_layout Standard
30778 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30784 \begin_layout Standard
30785 \begin_inset Tabular
30786 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
30787 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
30788 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30789 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30790 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30795 \begin_inset Graphics
30796 filename ../images/changes-track.png
30798 groupId toolbarbuttons
30807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30813 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30815 \begin_inset space ~
30818 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30820 \begin_inset space ~
30829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 \begin_inset Graphics
30835 filename ../images/changes-output.png
30837 groupId toolbarbuttons
30846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30852 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30854 \begin_inset space ~
30857 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30859 \begin_inset space ~
30863 \begin_inset space ~
30867 \begin_inset space ~
30876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30881 \begin_inset Graphics
30882 filename ../images/change-next.png
30884 groupId toolbarbuttons
30893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30897 Jumps to the next change
30903 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30908 \begin_inset Graphics
30909 filename ../images/change-accept.png
30911 groupId toolbarbuttons
30920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30926 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30928 \begin_inset space ~
30931 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30933 \begin_inset space ~
30942 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 \begin_inset Graphics
30948 filename ../images/change-reject.png
30950 groupId toolbarbuttons
30959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30965 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30967 \begin_inset space ~
30970 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30972 \begin_inset space ~
30981 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 \begin_inset Graphics
30987 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
30989 groupId toolbarbuttons
30998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31006 \begin_inset space ~
31009 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31011 \begin_inset space ~
31020 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 \begin_inset Graphics
31026 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
31028 groupId toolbarbuttons
31037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31043 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31045 \begin_inset space ~
31048 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31050 \begin_inset space ~
31054 \begin_inset space ~
31063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31068 \begin_inset Graphics
31069 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
31071 groupId toolbarbuttons
31080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31088 \begin_inset space ~
31091 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31093 \begin_inset space ~
31097 \begin_inset space ~
31106 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31111 \begin_inset Graphics
31112 filename ../images/note-insert.png
31114 groupId toolbarbuttons
31123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31130 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31132 \begin_inset space ~
31141 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31146 \begin_inset Graphics
31147 filename ../images/note-next.png
31149 groupId toolbarbuttons
31158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31164 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31166 \begin_inset space ~
31182 \begin_layout Standard
31183 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31189 \begin_layout Standard
31190 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31191 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31192 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31193 the next change after the current cursor position.
31194 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31195 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31196 step to the next change.
31197 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31200 \begin_layout Standard
31201 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31202 to describe a change.
31205 \begin_layout Standard
31206 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31211 \begin_inset Index idx
31214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31215 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31221 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31222 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31228 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31231 \begin_layout Section
31232 International Support
31233 \begin_inset Index idx
31236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31237 International support
31245 \begin_layout Standard
31246 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31247 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31248 how to set up LyX to use them:
31249 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31251 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31258 \begin_layout Standard
31259 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31260 \begin_inset space ~
31264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31266 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31273 \begin_layout Subsection
31275 \begin_inset Index idx
31278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 \begin_inset Index idx
31288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31289 Document ! Settings
31295 \begin_inset Index idx
31298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31299 Document ! Language
31307 \begin_layout Standard
31310 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31313 dialog lets you set
31315 the language and character encoding for your language.
31319 \begin_layout Standard
31320 Choose your language in the
31324 section of this dialog.
31332 \begin_layout Standard
31337 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31342 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31343 For details about the different encoding options see section
31344 \begin_inset space ~
31348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31350 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31357 \begin_layout Subsection
31358 Keyboard mapping configuration
31359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31361 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31368 \begin_layout Standard
31369 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31370 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
31371 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31372 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
31373 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31375 \begin_inset space ~
31379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31381 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31386 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31387 which one you want to use.
31390 \begin_layout Standard
31391 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31392 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
31393 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31394 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31395 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31396 one to support the characters you want.
31397 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31404 \begin_layout Subsection
31408 \begin_layout Standard
31410 \begin_inset space ~
31414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31416 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
31425 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
31429 \begin_layout Standard
31430 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
31431 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
31439 \begin_layout Itemize
31440 Even if you have selected
31446 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31449 dialog, users who have only the
31453 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
31457 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
31458 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
31459 french quotes won't show up.
31462 \begin_layout Standard
31463 \begin_inset Float table
31468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31469 \begin_inset Caption
31471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31474 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
31490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31492 \begin_inset Tabular
31493 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
31494 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
31495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31500 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31503 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31506 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31507 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35924 \begin_layout Standard
35925 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35927 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35928 also the characters from
35940 \begin_layout Itemize
35949 \begin_layout Standard
35950 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
35951 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35957 \begin_layout Standard
35958 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
35959 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35965 \begin_layout Standard
35966 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
35967 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35973 \begin_layout Standard
35974 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
35975 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35981 \begin_layout Standard
35983 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35989 \begin_layout Standard
35991 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35997 \begin_layout Standard
35999 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36006 \begin_layout Itemize
36019 \begin_layout Standard
36021 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36027 \begin_layout Standard
36029 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36035 \begin_layout Standard
36037 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36043 \begin_layout Standard
36045 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36051 \begin_layout Standard
36053 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36059 \begin_layout Standard
36061 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36068 \begin_layout Standard
36069 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36070 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36071 Also make sure you're using the
36078 \begin_layout Chapter
36081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36083 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36090 \begin_layout Standard
36091 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36092 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36093 topic inside the user's guide.
36096 \begin_layout Section
36098 \begin_inset Index idx
36101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36110 \begin_layout Standard
36115 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36116 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36119 \begin_layout Subsection
36123 \begin_layout Standard
36124 Creates a new document.
36127 \begin_layout Subsection
36131 \begin_layout Standard
36132 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36133 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36134 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36137 \begin_layout Subsection
36141 \begin_layout Standard
36145 \begin_layout Subsection
36149 \begin_layout Standard
36150 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36151 Click there on a file to open it.
36154 \begin_layout Subsection
36158 \begin_layout Standard
36159 Closes the current document.
36162 \begin_layout Subsection
36166 \begin_layout Standard
36167 Closes all opened documents.
36170 \begin_layout Subsection
36174 \begin_layout Standard
36175 Saves the actual document.
36178 \begin_layout Subsection
36182 \begin_layout Standard
36183 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36186 \begin_layout Subsection
36190 \begin_layout Standard
36191 Saves all opened documents.
36194 \begin_layout Subsection
36198 \begin_layout Standard
36199 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36202 \begin_layout Subsection
36206 \begin_layout Standard
36207 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36208 It is described in the section
36210 Version Control in LyX
36214 Additional Features
36219 \begin_layout Subsection
36223 \begin_layout Standard
36224 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36225 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36226 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36227 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36230 \begin_layout Standard
36231 When using the menu entry
36234 \begin_inset space ~
36239 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36243 \begin_inset space ~
36247 \begin_inset space ~
36252 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36253 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36256 \begin_layout Subsection
36258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36267 \begin_layout Standard
36268 You can export your document to various file formats.
36269 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36270 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36271 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36274 \begin_layout Standard
36275 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36277 \begin_inset space ~
36281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36283 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36290 \begin_layout Description
36294 \begin_inset space ~
36299 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36301 \begin_inset Newline newline
36304 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36307 \begin_layout Description
36315 \begin_layout Description
36316 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36320 \begin_layout Description
36322 \begin_inset space ~
36326 \begin_inset space ~
36329 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36333 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36341 \begin_layout Description
36348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36356 \begin_inset space ~
36361 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36362 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
36366 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
36369 \begin_layout Description
36376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36384 \begin_inset space ~
36389 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
36390 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
36398 \begin_layout Description
36400 \begin_inset space ~
36403 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36411 is replaced by the version number)
36414 \begin_layout Description
36415 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
36418 \begin_layout Description
36419 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
36432 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
36436 \begin_layout Description
36440 \begin_inset space ~
36445 PDF-format using the program
36450 \begin_layout Description
36454 \begin_inset space ~
36459 PDF-format using the program
36464 \begin_layout Description
36468 \begin_inset space ~
36473 PDF-format using the program
36478 \begin_layout Description
36482 \begin_inset space ~
36490 \begin_layout Description
36494 \begin_inset space ~
36498 \begin_inset space ~
36503 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
36504 and then exported as text using the program
36509 \begin_layout Description
36514 PostScript format using the program
36519 \begin_layout Description
36527 \begin_layout Standard
36532 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
36533 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
36539 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
36542 \begin_layout Standard
36543 If one of the menu entries
36550 \begin_inset space ~
36559 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36560 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36561 \begin_inset space ~
36565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36567 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36572 \begin_inset Index idx
36575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36576 Reconfiguration of LyX
36584 \begin_layout Standard
36589 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
36590 the export program.
36593 \begin_layout Subsection
36597 \begin_layout Standard
36598 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
36599 format or send it to a printer.
36600 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
36601 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
36607 For more information have a look at section
36608 \begin_inset space ~
36612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36614 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
36621 \begin_layout Subsection
36625 \begin_layout Standard
36626 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
36627 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
36628 prefix, see section
36629 \begin_inset space ~
36633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36635 reference "sec:Paths"
36640 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
36649 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
36650 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
36651 \begin_inset space ~
36655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36657 reference "sub:Converters"
36664 \begin_layout Subsection
36665 New and Close Window
36668 \begin_layout Standard
36669 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
36672 \begin_layout Subsection
36676 \begin_layout Standard
36677 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
36680 \begin_layout Section
36682 \begin_inset Index idx
36685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36694 \begin_layout Subsection
36698 \begin_layout Standard
36699 Described in section
36700 \begin_inset space ~
36704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36706 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
36713 \begin_layout Subsection
36714 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
36717 \begin_layout Standard
36718 Described in section
36719 \begin_inset space ~
36723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36725 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36732 \begin_layout Subsection
36736 \begin_layout Standard
36737 Selects the whole document.
36740 \begin_layout Subsection
36744 \begin_layout Standard
36745 Described in section
36746 \begin_inset space ~
36750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36752 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36759 \begin_layout Subsection
36760 Move Paragraph Up/Down
36763 \begin_layout Standard
36764 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
36768 \begin_layout Subsection
36772 \begin_layout Standard
36773 Described in section
36774 \begin_inset space ~
36778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36780 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
36787 \begin_layout Subsection
36789 \begin_inset Index idx
36792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36793 Paragraph ! Settings
36801 \begin_layout Standard
36802 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
36803 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
36806 \begin_layout Standard
36807 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
36808 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
36810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36816 \begin_inset space ~
36824 \begin_layout Subsection
36825 Table Settings and Math
36828 \begin_layout Standard
36829 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36831 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36832 The properties of tables are described in section
36833 \begin_inset space ~
36837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36839 reference "sec:Tables"
36843 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36844 \begin_inset space ~
36848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36850 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36857 \begin_layout Subsection
36858 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36861 \begin_layout Standard
36862 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
36863 that can be nested.
36864 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36865 \begin_inset space ~
36869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36871 reference "sec:Nesting"
36876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36878 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36885 \begin_layout Section
36887 \begin_inset Index idx
36890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36899 \begin_layout Standard
36904 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36905 document with an external program.
36906 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36907 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36908 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36909 \begin_inset space ~
36913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36915 reference "sub:Export"
36920 You should at least see the menu entries
36927 \begin_inset space ~
36933 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36934 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36935 \begin_inset space ~
36939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36941 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36946 \begin_inset Index idx
36949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36950 Reconfiguration of LyX
36958 \begin_layout Standard
36959 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
36960 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
36961 \begin_inset space ~
36965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36967 reference "sec:File-Formats"
36972 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
36975 \begin_layout Standard
36976 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
36979 At the bottom of the
36983 menu the opened documents are listed.
36986 \begin_layout Subsection
36987 Open/Close all Insets
36990 \begin_layout Standard
36991 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
36994 \begin_layout Subsection
36995 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
36998 \begin_layout Standard
36999 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37002 \begin_layout Standard
37003 Math macros are described in the
37010 \begin_layout Subsection
37014 \begin_layout Standard
37015 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37017 \begin_inset space ~
37021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37023 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37030 \begin_layout Subsection
37034 \begin_layout Standard
37035 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
37036 opening a new view window.
37039 \begin_layout Subsection
37043 \begin_layout Standard
37044 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37045 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37046 view the same document, but at different positions.
37047 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37048 or more documents at the same time.
37049 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37056 \begin_layout Subsection
37060 \begin_layout Standard
37061 Closes a split view.
37064 \begin_layout Subsection
37068 \begin_layout Standard
37069 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37070 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37071 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37072 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37073 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37076 \begin_layout Subsection
37078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37080 name "sub:Toolbars"
37085 \begin_inset Index idx
37088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37097 \begin_layout Standard
37098 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37099 All toolbars and the
37102 \begin_inset space ~
37107 can be turned on and off.
37112 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37124 \begin_inset space ~
37133 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37137 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37144 \begin_layout Standard
37149 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37153 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37154 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37155 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37156 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37157 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37160 \begin_layout Standard
37161 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37162 \begin_inset space ~
37166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37168 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37175 \begin_layout Section
37177 \begin_inset Index idx
37180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37189 \begin_layout Subsection
37193 \begin_layout Standard
37194 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37195 \begin_inset space ~
37199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37201 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37212 \begin_layout Subsection
37214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37216 name "sub:Special-Character"
37223 \begin_layout Standard
37224 Here you can insert the following characters:
37227 \begin_layout Description
37228 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
37229 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37230 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
37231 \begin_inset Newline newline
37235 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37243 Not all characters will be visible in the
37247 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
37249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37255 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37259 ) can display every character.
37267 \begin_layout Description
37268 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
37272 \begin_layout Description
37274 \begin_inset space ~
37278 \begin_inset space ~
37281 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
37282 \begin_inset space ~
37286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37288 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
37295 \begin_layout Description
37297 \begin_inset space ~
37300 Quote Inserts this quote:
37301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37304 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
37306 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37316 \begin_layout Description
37318 \begin_inset space ~
37321 Quote Inserts this quote:
37322 \begin_inset Quotes els
37328 \begin_layout Description
37330 \begin_inset space ~
37333 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
37337 \begin_layout Description
37339 \begin_inset space ~
37342 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
37346 \begin_layout Description
37348 \begin_inset space ~
37351 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37355 \begin_layout Description
37357 \begin_inset space ~
37361 \begin_inset Index idx
37364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37371 \begin_inset Index idx
37374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37375 Language ! Phonetic symbols
37380 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
37381 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
37382 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
37387 \begin_inset Index idx
37390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37391 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
37397 \begin_inset Newline newline
37400 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
37404 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37412 and this Wiki-page:
37413 \begin_inset Newline newline
37417 \begin_inset Flex URL
37420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
37430 \begin_layout Subsection
37434 \begin_layout Standard
37435 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
37438 \begin_layout Description
37439 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
37440 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
37446 \begin_layout Description
37447 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
37448 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
37454 \begin_layout Description
37456 \begin_inset space ~
37459 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
37460 \begin_inset space ~
37464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37466 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
37473 \begin_layout Description
37475 \begin_inset space ~
37478 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
37479 \begin_inset space ~
37483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37485 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
37492 \begin_layout Description
37494 \begin_inset space ~
37497 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
37498 \begin_inset space ~
37502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37504 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
37511 \begin_layout Description
37513 \begin_inset space ~
37516 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
37517 \begin_inset space ~
37521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37523 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
37530 \begin_layout Description
37532 \begin_inset space ~
37535 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
37536 \begin_inset space ~
37540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37542 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
37549 \begin_layout Description
37551 \begin_inset space ~
37554 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
37555 \begin_inset space ~
37559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37561 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
37568 \begin_layout Description
37570 \begin_inset space ~
37573 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
37574 \begin_inset space ~
37578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37580 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
37587 \begin_layout Description
37589 \begin_inset space ~
37592 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
37593 \begin_inset space ~
37597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37599 reference "sub:Ligatures"
37606 \begin_layout Description
37608 \begin_inset space ~
37612 \begin_inset space ~
37615 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
37616 \begin_inset space ~
37620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37622 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37629 \begin_layout Description
37631 \begin_inset space ~
37634 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
37635 text line to the page border, see section
37636 \begin_inset space ~
37640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37642 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37649 \begin_layout Description
37651 \begin_inset space ~
37654 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
37655 \begin_inset space ~
37659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37661 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37668 \begin_layout Description
37670 \begin_inset space ~
37673 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
37674 text page to the page border, described in section
37675 \begin_inset space ~
37679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37681 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37688 \begin_layout Description
37690 \begin_inset space ~
37693 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
37694 \begin_inset space ~
37698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37700 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37707 \begin_layout Description
37709 \begin_inset space ~
37713 \begin_inset space ~
37716 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
37717 \begin_inset space ~
37721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37723 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37730 \begin_layout Subsection
37734 \begin_layout Standard
37735 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
37736 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
37738 \begin_inset space ~
37742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37744 reference "sec:toc"
37749 The index list is described in section
37750 \begin_inset space ~
37754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37756 reference "sec:Index"
37760 , the nomenclature in section
37761 \begin_inset space ~
37765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37767 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
37771 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
37772 \begin_inset space ~
37776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37778 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
37785 \begin_layout Subsection
37789 \begin_layout Standard
37790 To insert floats, described in section
37791 \begin_inset space ~
37795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37797 reference "sec:Floats"
37804 \begin_layout Subsection
37808 \begin_layout Standard
37809 To insert notes, described in section
37810 \begin_inset space ~
37814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37816 reference "sec:Notes"
37823 \begin_layout Subsection
37827 \begin_layout Standard
37828 Inserts branch insets as described in section
37829 \begin_inset space ~
37833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37835 reference "sec:Branches"
37842 \begin_layout Subsection
37846 \begin_layout Standard
37847 Inserts document class-specific insets.
37848 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
37850 An example is the document class
37851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37858 with three custom insets.
37861 Flex insets and InsetLayout
37867 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
37870 \begin_layout Subsection
37872 \begin_inset Index idx
37875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37884 \begin_layout Standard
37885 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
37886 files in your document.
37887 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
37898 \begin_layout Subsection
37900 \begin_inset Index idx
37903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37912 \begin_layout Standard
37913 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
37914 \begin_inset space ~
37918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37920 reference "sec:Minipages"
37925 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
37936 \begin_layout Subsection
37940 \begin_layout Standard
37941 Inserts a citation as described in section
37942 \begin_inset space ~
37946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37948 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37955 \begin_layout Subsection
37959 \begin_layout Standard
37960 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
37961 \begin_inset space ~
37965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37967 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37974 \begin_layout Subsection
37978 \begin_layout Standard
37979 Inserts a label as described in section
37980 \begin_inset space ~
37984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37986 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37993 \begin_layout Subsection
37995 \begin_inset Index idx
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38005 \begin_inset Index idx
38008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38009 Longtables ! Caption
38017 \begin_layout Standard
38018 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38019 Floats are described in section
38020 \begin_inset space ~
38024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38026 reference "sec:Floats"
38030 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38041 \begin_layout Subsection
38045 \begin_layout Standard
38046 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38047 \begin_inset space ~
38051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38053 reference "sec:Index"
38060 \begin_layout Subsection
38064 \begin_layout Standard
38065 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38066 \begin_inset space ~
38070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38072 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38079 \begin_layout Subsection
38083 \begin_layout Standard
38085 Tables are described in section
38086 \begin_inset space ~
38090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38092 reference "sec:Tables"
38099 \begin_layout Subsection
38103 \begin_layout Standard
38105 Graphics are described in section
38106 \begin_inset space ~
38110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38112 reference "sec:Graphics"
38119 \begin_layout Subsection
38123 \begin_layout Standard
38124 Inserts an URL as described in section
38125 \begin_inset space ~
38129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38131 reference "sub:URLs"
38138 \begin_layout Subsection
38142 \begin_layout Standard
38143 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38144 \begin_inset space ~
38148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38150 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38157 \begin_layout Subsection
38161 \begin_layout Standard
38162 Inserts a footnote, see section
38163 \begin_inset space ~
38167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38169 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38176 \begin_layout Subsection
38180 \begin_layout Standard
38181 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38182 \begin_inset space ~
38186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38188 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38195 \begin_layout Subsection
38199 \begin_layout Standard
38200 Inserts a short title, see section
38201 \begin_inset space ~
38205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38207 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38214 \begin_layout Subsection
38218 \begin_layout Standard
38219 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38220 \begin_inset space ~
38224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38226 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38233 \begin_layout Subsection
38235 \begin_inset Index idx
38238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38247 \begin_layout Standard
38248 Inserts a program listings box.
38249 Program listings are explained in the chapter
38251 Program Code Listings
38260 \begin_layout Subsection
38264 \begin_layout Standard
38265 Inserts the actual date.
38266 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
38268 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
38280 \begin_layout Section
38282 \begin_inset Index idx
38285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38294 \begin_layout Standard
38295 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
38296 \begin_inset space ~
38299 of the current document.
38300 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
38303 \begin_layout Subsection
38307 \begin_layout Standard
38308 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
38309 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
38311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38315 \begin_inset space \space{}
38319 \begin_inset space ~
38323 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
38324 \begin_inset space ~
38327 2.5 and use the menu
38330 \begin_inset space ~
38334 \begin_inset space ~
38341 \begin_inset space ~
38347 \begin_inset space ~
38351 \begin_inset space ~
38357 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
38361 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
38367 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
38373 \begin_layout Standard
38374 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
38375 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
38378 \begin_layout Subsection
38379 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
38382 \begin_layout Standard
38383 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
38387 \begin_layout Subsection
38391 \begin_layout Standard
38392 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
38393 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
38394 on a cross-reference box.
38397 \begin_layout Section
38399 \begin_inset Index idx
38402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38411 \begin_layout Subsection
38415 \begin_layout Standard
38416 Change Tracking is described in section
38417 \begin_inset space ~
38421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38423 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38430 \begin_layout Subsection
38435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38445 \begin_layout Standard
38446 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
38448 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
38451 \begin_layout Standard
38452 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
38457 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
38460 \begin_layout Subsection
38464 \begin_layout Standard
38465 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
38466 \begin_inset space ~
38470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38472 reference "sec:Navigating"
38477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38479 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
38486 \begin_layout Subsection
38487 Start Appendix Here
38490 \begin_layout Standard
38491 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
38492 position as described in section
38493 \begin_inset space ~
38497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38499 reference "sec:Appendices"
38506 \begin_layout Subsection
38510 \begin_layout Standard
38511 Un/compresses the current document.
38514 \begin_layout Subsection
38518 \begin_layout Standard
38519 The document settings are described in appendix
38520 \begin_inset space ~
38524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38526 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38533 \begin_layout Section
38535 \begin_inset Index idx
38538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38547 \begin_layout Subsection
38551 \begin_layout Standard
38552 Spell checking is explained in section
38553 \begin_inset space ~
38557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38559 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
38566 \begin_layout Subsection
38570 \begin_layout Standard
38571 The thesaurus is described in section
38572 \begin_inset space ~
38576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38578 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38585 \begin_layout Subsection
38587 \begin_inset Index idx
38590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38597 \begin_inset Index idx
38600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38609 \begin_layout Standard
38610 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38611 highlighted document part.
38614 \begin_layout Subsection
38616 \begin_inset Index idx
38619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38628 \begin_layout Standard
38629 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
38632 \begin_layout Subsection
38634 \begin_inset Index idx
38637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38638 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38649 Reconfiguration of LyX
38653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38666 \begin_inset Index idx
38669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38670 Reconfiguration of LyX
38678 \begin_layout Standard
38679 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
38680 and needed programs it needs; see also section
38681 \begin_inset space ~
38685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38687 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38694 \begin_layout Subsection
38698 \begin_layout Standard
38699 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
38700 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38706 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38713 \begin_layout Section
38715 \begin_inset Index idx
38718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38727 \begin_layout Standard
38728 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
38732 \begin_layout Standard
38736 \begin_inset space ~
38741 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
38742 found by LyX (see also section
38743 \begin_inset space ~
38747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38749 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
38756 \begin_layout Section
38758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38760 name "sec:Toolbars"
38767 \begin_layout Standard
38768 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
38769 \begin_inset space ~
38773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38775 reference "sub:Toolbars"
38782 \begin_layout Standard
38783 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
38784 This is described in the
38786 Additional Features
38791 \begin_layout Subsection
38793 \begin_inset Index idx
38796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38805 \begin_layout Standard
38806 \begin_inset Graphics
38807 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
38815 \begin_layout Standard
38816 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38822 \begin_layout Standard
38823 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38840 \begin_inset Note Note
38843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38844 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
38849 manual for more information.
38857 \begin_layout Standard
38858 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38864 \begin_layout Standard
38865 \begin_inset Tabular
38866 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
38867 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38869 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38875 \begin_inset Graphics
38876 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
38886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38890 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
38903 \begin_layout Standard
38904 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
38910 \begin_layout Standard
38912 \begin_inset Tabular
38913 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
38914 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38915 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38916 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38917 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38924 \begin_inset Graphics
38925 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
38927 groupId toolbarbuttons
38936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38942 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38949 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38954 \begin_inset Graphics
38955 filename ../images/file-open.png
38957 groupId toolbarbuttons
38966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38972 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38984 \begin_inset Graphics
38985 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
38987 groupId toolbarbuttons
38996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39002 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39009 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39014 \begin_inset Graphics
39015 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
39017 groupId toolbarbuttons
39026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39032 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39039 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39044 \begin_inset Graphics
39045 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
39047 groupId toolbarbuttons
39056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39062 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39074 \begin_inset Graphics
39075 filename ../images/undo.png
39077 groupId toolbarbuttons
39086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39092 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39099 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39104 \begin_inset Graphics
39105 filename ../images/redo.png
39107 groupId toolbarbuttons
39116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39122 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39134 \begin_inset Graphics
39135 filename ../images/cut.png
39137 groupId toolbarbuttons
39146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39152 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39159 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39164 \begin_inset Graphics
39165 filename ../images/copy.png
39167 groupId toolbarbuttons
39176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39182 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39189 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39194 \begin_inset Graphics
39195 filename ../images/paste.png
39197 groupId toolbarbuttons
39206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39212 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39219 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39224 \begin_inset Graphics
39225 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
39227 groupId toolbarbuttons
39236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39242 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39262 \begin_inset Graphics
39263 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
39265 groupId toolbarbuttons
39274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39280 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39281 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39293 \begin_inset Graphics
39294 filename ../images/font-emph.png
39296 groupId toolbarbuttons
39305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39309 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
39311 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39313 \begin_inset space ~
39324 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39329 \begin_inset Graphics
39330 filename ../images/font-noun.png
39332 groupId toolbarbuttons
39341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39345 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
39347 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39349 \begin_inset space ~
39360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39365 \begin_inset Graphics
39366 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
39368 groupId toolbarbuttons
39377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39381 Formats text using the current settings in the
39383 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39385 \begin_inset space ~
39396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39401 \begin_inset Graphics
39402 filename ../images/math-mode.png
39404 groupId toolbarbuttons
39413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39420 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39422 \begin_inset space ~
39431 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39436 \begin_inset Graphics
39437 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
39439 groupId toolbarbuttons
39448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39454 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39461 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39466 \begin_inset Graphics
39467 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
39469 groupId toolbarbuttons
39478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39496 \begin_inset Graphics
39497 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
39499 groupId toolbarbuttons
39508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39512 Toggle outline window on/off,
39514 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39526 \begin_inset Graphics
39527 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
39529 groupId toolbarbuttons
39538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39542 Toggle math toolbar on/off
39548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39553 \begin_inset Graphics
39554 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
39556 groupId toolbarbuttons
39565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39569 Toggle table toolbar on/off
39582 \begin_layout Subsection
39584 \begin_inset Index idx
39587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39596 \begin_layout Standard
39597 \begin_inset Graphics
39598 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
39606 \begin_layout Standard
39607 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39613 \begin_layout Standard
39614 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39618 \begin_layout Standard
39619 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39625 \begin_layout Standard
39626 \begin_inset Tabular
39627 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39628 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39629 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39630 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39636 \begin_inset Graphics
39637 filename ../images/layout.png
39639 groupId toolbarbuttons
39648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39663 \begin_inset Graphics
39664 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
39666 groupId toolbarbuttons
39675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39685 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39690 \begin_inset Graphics
39691 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
39693 groupId toolbarbuttons
39702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39712 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39717 \begin_inset Graphics
39718 filename ../images/layout_List.png
39720 groupId toolbarbuttons
39729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39744 \begin_inset Graphics
39745 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
39747 groupId toolbarbuttons
39756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39766 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39771 \begin_inset Graphics
39772 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
39774 groupId toolbarbuttons
39783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39789 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39791 \begin_inset space ~
39795 \begin_inset space ~
39804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39809 \begin_inset Graphics
39810 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
39812 groupId toolbarbuttons
39821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39827 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39842 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39847 \begin_inset Graphics
39848 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
39850 groupId toolbarbuttons
39859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39866 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39873 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39878 \begin_inset Graphics
39879 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
39881 groupId toolbarbuttons
39890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39897 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39904 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39909 \begin_inset Graphics
39910 filename ../images/label-insert.png
39912 groupId toolbarbuttons
39921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39939 \begin_inset Graphics
39940 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
39942 groupId toolbarbuttons
39951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39969 \begin_inset Graphics
39970 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
39972 groupId toolbarbuttons
39981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39999 \begin_inset Graphics
40000 filename ../images/index-insert.png
40002 groupId toolbarbuttons
40011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40019 \begin_inset space ~
40028 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40033 \begin_inset Graphics
40034 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
40036 groupId toolbarbuttons
40045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40051 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40053 \begin_inset space ~
40062 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40067 \begin_inset Graphics
40068 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
40070 groupId toolbarbuttons
40079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40085 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40092 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40097 \begin_inset Graphics
40098 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
40100 groupId toolbarbuttons
40109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40115 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40126 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40131 \begin_inset Graphics
40132 filename ../images/note-insert.png
40134 groupId toolbarbuttons
40143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40150 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40152 \begin_inset space ~
40161 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40166 \begin_inset Graphics
40167 filename ../images/box-insert.png
40169 groupId toolbarbuttons
40178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40184 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40191 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40196 \begin_inset Graphics
40197 filename ../images/url-insert.png
40199 groupId toolbarbuttons
40208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40226 \begin_inset Graphics
40227 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
40229 groupId toolbarbuttons
40238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40266 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40271 \begin_inset Graphics
40272 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
40274 groupId toolbarbuttons
40283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40290 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40297 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40302 \begin_inset Graphics
40303 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
40305 groupId toolbarbuttons
40314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40321 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40323 \begin_inset space ~
40332 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40337 \begin_inset Graphics
40338 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
40340 groupId toolbarbuttons
40349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40355 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40357 \begin_inset space ~
40366 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40371 \begin_inset Graphics
40372 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
40374 groupId toolbarbuttons
40383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40389 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40391 \begin_inset space ~
40400 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40405 \begin_inset Graphics
40406 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
40408 groupId toolbarbuttons
40417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40423 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40437 \begin_layout Subsection
40438 View / Update Toolbar
40439 \begin_inset Index idx
40442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40443 Toolbar ! View / Update
40451 \begin_layout Standard
40452 \begin_inset Graphics
40453 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
40460 \begin_layout Standard
40461 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40467 \begin_layout Standard
40468 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
40472 \begin_layout Standard
40473 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40479 \begin_layout Standard
40480 \begin_inset Tabular
40481 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
40482 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40483 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40484 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40490 \begin_inset Graphics
40491 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
40493 groupId toolbarbuttons
40502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40508 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40515 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40520 \begin_inset Graphics
40521 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
40523 groupId toolbarbuttons
40532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40538 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40539 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40546 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40551 \begin_inset Graphics
40552 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
40554 groupId toolbarbuttons
40563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40569 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40576 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40581 \begin_inset Graphics
40582 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
40584 groupId toolbarbuttons
40593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40599 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40600 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40612 \begin_inset Graphics
40613 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
40615 groupId toolbarbuttons
40624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40630 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40642 \begin_inset Graphics
40643 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
40645 groupId toolbarbuttons
40654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40660 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40661 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40675 \begin_layout Subsection
40679 \begin_layout Standard
40680 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
40681 \begin_inset space ~
40685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40687 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40691 , the table toolbar
40692 \begin_inset Index idx
40695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40705 manual, the math macro toolbar
40706 \begin_inset Index idx
40709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40722 \begin_layout Chapter
40723 The Document Settings
40724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40726 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40731 \begin_inset Index idx
40734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40735 Document ! Settings
40743 \begin_layout Standard
40744 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
40745 whole document and is called with the menu
40747 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40751 You can save your document settings as default with th
40753 e Save as Document Defaults
40755 button in the dialog.
40756 This will create a template name
40764 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
40768 \begin_layout Standard
40769 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
40772 \begin_layout Section
40776 \begin_layout Standard
40777 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
40779 Document classes are described in section
40780 \begin_inset space ~
40784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40786 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
40791 Some classes use some class options by default.
40792 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
40796 and you can decide to use them or not.
40797 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
40798 recommended not to touch them.
40799 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
40805 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
40806 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
40811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40812 When you want one of the following drivers
40813 \begin_inset Newline newline
40816 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
40817 \begin_inset Newline newline
40820 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
40821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40825 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40827 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
40839 \begin_layout Standard
40840 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
40841 child or subdocument.
40842 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
40843 without its master.
40844 This way child documents are always compilable.
40845 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
40856 \begin_layout Section
40860 \begin_layout Standard
40861 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
40862 Please refer to the section
40870 manual for details.
40873 \begin_layout Section
40877 \begin_layout Standard
40878 Modules are explained in section
40879 \begin_inset space ~
40883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40885 reference "sub:Modules"
40892 \begin_layout Section
40896 \begin_layout Standard
40897 The document font settings are described in section
40898 \begin_inset space ~
40902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40904 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
40911 \begin_layout Section
40915 \begin_layout Standard
40916 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
40918 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
40922 \begin_layout Standard
40923 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
40924 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
40925 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
40928 \begin_layout Standard
40929 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
40937 \begin_layout Section
40941 \begin_layout Standard
40942 A description of this menu is given in section
40943 \begin_inset space ~
40947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40949 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
40954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40956 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
40963 \begin_layout Section
40967 \begin_layout Standard
40968 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
40969 \begin_inset space ~
40973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40975 reference "sub:Margins"
40982 \begin_layout Section
40984 \begin_inset Index idx
40987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40988 Language ! Encoding
40996 \begin_layout Standard
40997 The document language and quote styles are set here.
40998 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
40999 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41000 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41001 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41002 known for a particular character).
41006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41007 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41008 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41013 manual for details.
41021 \begin_layout Standard
41022 If you use the option
41026 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41027 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41028 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41029 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41030 exactly one encoding.
41031 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
41034 \begin_layout Standard
41035 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41036 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41037 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41038 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41039 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41040 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
41045 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
41046 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
41047 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
41048 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
41049 engines to standard LaTeX.
41050 Both engines support Unicode natively.
41051 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
41054 \begin_inset space ~
41061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41073 \begin_inset space ~
41080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41092 \begin_inset space ~
41098 \begin_inset space ~
41102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41104 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
41108 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
41111 \begin_layout Standard
41112 Here is a list with the important encodings:
41115 \begin_layout Description
41117 \begin_inset space ~
41121 \begin_inset space ~
41125 \begin_inset space ~
41132 , but the LaTeX-package
41137 \begin_inset Index idx
41140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41141 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41147 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41148 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41149 languages in TeX code.
41152 \begin_layout Description
41153 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41154 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
41155 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
41158 \begin_layout Description
41160 \begin_inset space ~
41164 \begin_inset space ~
41167 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41170 \begin_layout Description
41172 \begin_inset space ~
41176 \begin_inset space ~
41179 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
41182 \begin_layout Description
41184 \begin_inset space ~
41187 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
41190 \begin_layout Description
41192 \begin_inset space ~
41196 \begin_inset space ~
41199 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
41200 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
41203 \begin_layout Description
41205 \begin_inset space ~
41209 \begin_inset space ~
41212 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
41216 \begin_layout Description
41218 \begin_inset space ~
41222 \begin_inset space ~
41225 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
41226 ISO-8859-13 encoding
41229 \begin_layout Description
41231 \begin_inset space ~
41235 \begin_inset space ~
41239 \begin_inset space ~
41242 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
41243 \begin_inset space ~
41249 \begin_layout Description
41251 \begin_inset space ~
41255 \begin_inset space ~
41259 \begin_inset space ~
41262 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
41263 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
41266 \begin_layout Description
41268 \begin_inset space ~
41272 \begin_inset space ~
41275 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
41276 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
41277 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41278 \begin_inset space ~
41282 \begin_inset space ~
41288 \begin_layout Description
41290 \begin_inset space ~
41294 \begin_inset space ~
41297 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
41298 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
41299 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
41300 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41301 \begin_inset space ~
41305 \begin_inset space ~
41311 \begin_layout Description
41313 \begin_inset space ~
41317 \begin_inset space ~
41320 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
41323 \begin_layout Description
41325 \begin_inset space ~
41329 \begin_inset space ~
41332 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41335 \begin_layout Description
41337 \begin_inset space ~
41341 \begin_inset space ~
41344 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
41347 \begin_layout Description
41349 \begin_inset space ~
41352 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
41355 \begin_layout Description
41357 \begin_inset space ~
41360 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
41363 \begin_layout Description
41365 \begin_inset space ~
41369 \begin_inset space ~
41372 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
41375 \begin_layout Description
41377 \begin_inset space ~
41381 \begin_inset space ~
41387 \begin_layout Description
41389 \begin_inset space ~
41393 \begin_inset space ~
41396 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
41399 \begin_layout Description
41401 \begin_inset space ~
41405 \begin_inset space ~
41411 \begin_layout Description
41413 \begin_inset space ~
41417 \begin_inset space ~
41420 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41425 \begin_inset Index idx
41428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41429 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41434 , when using this, set the document language to
41439 \begin_layout Description
41441 \begin_inset space ~
41445 \begin_inset space ~
41448 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41452 , when using this, set the document language to
41455 \begin_inset space ~
41461 \begin_layout Description
41463 \begin_inset space ~
41467 \begin_inset space ~
41470 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41475 \begin_inset Index idx
41478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41479 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
41484 , when using this, set the document language to
41489 \begin_layout Description
41491 \begin_inset space ~
41495 \begin_inset space ~
41498 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41502 , when using this, set the document language to
41507 \begin_layout Description
41509 \begin_inset space ~
41513 \begin_inset space ~
41516 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41520 , when using this, set the document language to
41525 \begin_layout Description
41527 \begin_inset space ~
41530 (EUC-KR) for Korean
41533 \begin_layout Description
41535 \begin_inset space ~
41539 \begin_inset space ~
41543 \begin_inset space ~
41546 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
41549 \begin_layout Description
41551 \begin_inset space ~
41555 \begin_inset space ~
41559 \begin_inset space ~
41562 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
41563 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
41564 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
41567 \begin_layout Description
41569 \begin_inset space ~
41573 \begin_inset space ~
41579 \begin_layout Description
41581 \begin_inset space ~
41585 \begin_inset space ~
41588 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
41589 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
41592 \begin_layout Description
41594 \begin_inset space ~
41598 \begin_inset space ~
41601 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
41606 \begin_inset Index idx
41609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41610 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41615 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
41618 \begin_layout Description
41620 \begin_inset space ~
41624 \begin_inset space ~
41627 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
41635 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
41640 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
41642 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
41645 \begin_layout Description
41647 \begin_inset space ~
41651 \begin_inset space ~
41654 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
41659 \begin_inset Index idx
41662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41663 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
41668 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
41671 \begin_layout Description
41673 \begin_inset space ~
41676 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
41681 \begin_inset Index idx
41684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41685 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41691 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
41695 \begin_layout Description
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41701 \begin_inset space ~
41705 \begin_inset space ~
41708 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
41709 \begin_inset space ~
41715 \begin_layout Description
41717 \begin_inset space ~
41721 \begin_inset space ~
41725 \begin_inset space ~
41728 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
41729 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
41730 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
41734 \begin_layout Description
41736 \begin_inset space ~
41740 \begin_inset space ~
41744 \begin_inset space ~
41747 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
41748 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
41751 \begin_layout Section
41755 \begin_layout Standard
41756 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
41757 depth in the table of contents as described in section
41758 \begin_inset space ~
41762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41764 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
41771 \begin_layout Section
41775 \begin_layout Standard
41776 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
41781 \begin_inset Index idx
41784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41785 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
41795 \begin_inset Index idx
41798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41799 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
41804 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
41809 \begin_inset Index idx
41812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41813 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
41818 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
41820 For a further description see section
41821 \begin_inset space ~
41825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41827 reference "sec:Bibliography"
41834 \begin_layout Section
41838 \begin_layout Standard
41839 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
41840 and you can define additional indexes.
41841 Please refer to section
41842 \begin_inset space ~
41846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41848 reference "sec:Index"
41855 \begin_layout Section
41859 \begin_layout Standard
41860 The PDF properties are explained in section
41861 \begin_inset space ~
41865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41867 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
41874 \begin_layout Section
41878 \begin_layout Standard
41879 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
41884 \begin_inset Index idx
41887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41888 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
41898 \begin_inset Index idx
41901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41902 LaTeX-packages ! esint
41907 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
41910 \begin_layout Standard
41915 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
41916 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
41919 \begin_layout Standard
41924 is used for special integral characters.
41927 \begin_layout Section
41931 \begin_layout Standard
41932 The float placement options are described in section
41933 \begin_inset space ~
41937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41939 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
41946 \begin_layout Section
41950 \begin_layout Standard
41951 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
41952 The itemize environment is described in section
41953 \begin_inset space ~
41957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41959 reference "sec:Itemize"
41966 \begin_layout Section
41970 \begin_layout Standard
41971 Branches are described in section
41972 \begin_inset space ~
41976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41978 reference "sec:Branches"
41985 \begin_layout Section
41990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42000 \begin_layout Standard
42001 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
42002 to define LaTeX-commands.
42003 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
42004 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
42008 \begin_layout Standard
42009 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
42010 \begin_inset space ~
42014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42016 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
42023 \begin_layout Chapter
42029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42031 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
42036 \begin_inset Index idx
42039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42048 \begin_layout Standard
42049 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
42051 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42055 It has the following submenus.
42058 \begin_layout Section
42062 \begin_layout Subsection
42066 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42067 User Interface File
42068 \begin_inset Index idx
42071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42072 Customization ! of toolbars
42078 \begin_inset Index idx
42081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42082 Customization ! of menus
42090 \begin_layout Standard
42091 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42099 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
42108 \begin_layout Standard
42109 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
42110 interface (ui) file.
42111 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42112 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42121 Both files are loaded by the
42126 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42127 files and edit the entries.
42130 \begin_layout Standard
42131 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42143 entries must be ended with an explicit
42168 and in the case of the
42169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42181 The syntax for the entries is:
42184 \begin_layout Standard
42185 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42213 \begin_layout Standard
42215 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42218 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
42220 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42222 \begin_inset space ~
42230 \begin_layout Standard
42231 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42237 \begin_layout Standard
42238 An example: Assuming you use the menu
42240 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42243 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
42247 \begin_layout Standard
42248 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42272 \begin_layout Standard
42274 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42277 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
42280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42284 \begin_layout Standard
42287 Enable tool tips in main work area
42289 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
42293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42297 \begin_layout Standard
42301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42308 restoring of window layout and geometries
42310 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
42311 in the last LyX session.
42314 \begin_layout Standard
42317 Restore cursor positions
42319 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
42323 \begin_layout Standard
42326 Load opened files from last session
42328 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
42331 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42335 name "sub:Backup documents"
42340 \begin_inset Index idx
42343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42352 \begin_layout Standard
42357 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
42360 \begin_layout Standard
42365 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
42368 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42370 \begin_inset space ~
42378 \begin_layout Standard
42381 Open documents in tabs
42383 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
42387 \begin_layout Subsection
42389 \begin_inset Index idx
42392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42401 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
42408 \begin_layout Standard
42409 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
42412 \begin_layout Standard
42413 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42421 This section only deals with the fonts
42426 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
42429 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42430 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42441 \begin_layout Standard
42442 By default, LyX uses
42446 as roman (serif) font,
42454 (depends on the system) as
42457 \begin_inset space ~
42473 \begin_layout Standard
42474 You can change the font size with the
42479 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
42480 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
42483 \begin_layout Standard
42488 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
42489 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
42491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42494 points have the size of 1
42495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42499 \begin_inset space ~
42503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42505 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
42512 \begin_layout Standard
42517 are the same as if a document font size of 10
42518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42522 The sizes are explained in detail in section
42523 \begin_inset space ~
42527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42529 reference "sub:Document-Font"
42536 \begin_layout Standard
42539 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
42541 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
42542 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
42543 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
42544 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
42546 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
42547 \begin_inset space ~
42553 \begin_layout Subsection
42555 \begin_inset Index idx
42558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42565 \begin_inset Index idx
42568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42577 \begin_layout Standard
42578 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
42579 Choose an item in the list and use the
42586 \begin_layout Subsection
42588 \begin_inset Index idx
42591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42600 \begin_layout Standard
42601 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
42604 \begin_layout Standard
42609 enables previewing snippets of your document.
42610 This feature is described in section
42611 \begin_inset space ~
42615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42617 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
42624 \begin_layout Standard
42628 \begin_inset space ~
42632 \begin_inset space ~
42636 \begin_inset space ~
42641 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
42644 \begin_layout Section
42646 \begin_inset Index idx
42649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42658 \begin_layout Subsection
42662 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42666 \begin_layout Standard
42669 Cursor follows scrollbar
42671 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
42675 \begin_layout Standard
42678 Sort environments alphabetically
42680 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
42683 \begin_layout Standard
42686 Group environments by their category
42688 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
42691 \begin_layout Standard
42692 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
42704 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42708 \begin_layout Standard
42709 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
42714 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
42715 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
42719 \begin_layout Subsection
42721 \begin_inset Index idx
42724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42731 \begin_inset Index idx
42734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42735 Settings ! Shortcuts
42743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42747 \begin_layout Standard
42748 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
42749 Several binding files are available:
42752 \begin_layout Description
42753 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
42756 \begin_layout Description
42757 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
42768 \begin_layout Description
42769 mac.bind set of bindings for
42772 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42780 \begin_layout Standard
42781 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
42785 , and bind files for special languages.
42786 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
42787 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42791 \begin_inset space \space{}
42795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42803 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
42807 \begin_layout Standard
42808 Some bind-files, like
42812 , have only a small scope.
42813 When looking at the end of the file
42817 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
42820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42824 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
42829 \begin_inset Index idx
42832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42833 Key Bindings ! Editing
42841 \begin_layout Standard
42842 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
42843 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
42844 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
42847 Show key-bindings containing
42850 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
42851 Insert there for example as keyword
42852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42859 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
42861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42869 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
42870 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
42874 that you will find in the
42881 \begin_layout Standard
42883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42887 \begin_inset space \space{}
42898 , select the function and press the
42903 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
42904 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
42905 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
42906 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
42907 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
42909 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
42911 The binding for the function
42915 is an example of this.
42918 \begin_layout Standard
42919 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
42921 The syntax of the entries is:
42924 \begin_layout Standard
42930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42948 \begin_layout Subsection
42950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42952 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
42957 \begin_inset Index idx
42960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42967 \begin_inset Index idx
42970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42971 Settings ! Keyboard Map
42979 \begin_layout Standard
42980 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
42981 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
42983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42987 \begin_inset space \space{}
42990 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
42991 can use the keyboard map file named
42998 \begin_layout Standard
42999 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43007 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
43015 \begin_layout Standard
43016 Besides this, you can specify here the
43018 Wheel scrolling speed
43021 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
43025 \begin_layout Subsection
43027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43029 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
43034 \begin_inset Index idx
43037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43046 \begin_layout Standard
43047 Input completion is described in sec.
43048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43054 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
43059 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
43061 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
43062 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
43066 \begin_layout Section
43068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43075 \begin_inset Index idx
43078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43085 \begin_inset Index idx
43088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43097 \begin_layout Description
43099 \begin_inset space ~
43102 directory This is LyX's working directory.
43103 It is the default when you
43114 \begin_inset space ~
43122 \begin_layout Description
43124 \begin_inset space ~
43127 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43129 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43131 \begin_inset space ~
43135 \begin_inset space ~
43143 \begin_layout Description
43145 \begin_inset space ~
43148 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43154 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43158 \begin_inset Newline newline
43162 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43174 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
43182 \begin_layout Description
43184 \begin_inset space ~
43188 \begin_inset Index idx
43191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43197 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
43198 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
43199 \begin_inset space ~
43203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43205 reference "sub:Backup documents"
43213 will be used to save the backups.
43214 \begin_inset Newline newline
43217 The backup files have the ending
43218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43228 \begin_layout Description
43233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43240 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
43241 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
43242 \begin_inset Newline newline
43246 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43254 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
43262 \begin_layout Description
43264 \begin_inset space ~
43267 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
43270 \begin_layout Description
43272 \begin_inset space ~
43275 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
43276 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
43277 to find it on the system.
43278 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
43279 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
43281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43288 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
43289 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
43293 \begin_layout Section
43297 \begin_layout Standard
43298 Here you can insert your name and email address.
43299 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
43301 \begin_inset space ~
43305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43307 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43311 , to mark changes you make as yours.
43314 \begin_layout Section
43316 \begin_inset Index idx
43319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43320 Language ! Settings
43326 \begin_inset Index idx
43329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43330 Settings ! Language
43338 \begin_layout Subsection
43342 \begin_layout Description
43344 \begin_inset space ~
43348 \begin_inset space ~
43351 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
43352 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
43353 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
43354 You find the actual translation status here:
43355 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43357 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43358 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43365 \begin_layout Description
43367 \begin_inset space ~
43370 language is the language used in new documents
43373 \begin_layout Description
43375 \begin_inset space ~
43378 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
43380 The default is the LaTeX-command
43386 that loads the package
43394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43395 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
43396 \begin_inset space ~
43400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43402 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
43412 \begin_inset Newline newline
43419 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
43420 to the document language.
43421 A text label is, for instance, the word
43422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43429 at the beginning of every table caption.
43432 \begin_layout Description
43434 \begin_inset space ~
43437 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
43438 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
43439 An example is the start command
43445 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
43450 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43465 selectlanguage{$$lang}
43470 \begin_layout Description
43472 \begin_inset space ~
43480 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
43481 command toggles the package on and off.
43484 \begin_layout Description
43486 \begin_inset space ~
43496 \begin_layout Description
43497 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
43498 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
43499 used by all LaTeX-packages.
43500 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
43507 \begin_layout Description
43509 \begin_inset space ~
43512 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
43514 When this option is not set, the
43517 \begin_inset space ~
43522 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
43523 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
43526 \begin_inset space ~
43534 \begin_layout Description
43536 \begin_inset space ~
43542 \begin_inset space ~
43548 When it is not set, the
43551 \begin_inset space ~
43556 is set to the end of the document.
43559 \begin_layout Description
43561 \begin_inset space ~
43565 \begin_inset space ~
43568 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
43569 language will be underlined blue.
43572 \begin_layout Description
43574 \begin_inset space ~
43578 \begin_inset space ~
43581 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
43582 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
43585 \begin_layout Description
43587 \begin_inset space ~
43590 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
43591 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
43592 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
43593 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
43596 \begin_layout Subsection
43600 \begin_layout Standard
43601 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
43602 \begin_inset space ~
43606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43608 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
43615 \begin_layout Section
43619 \begin_layout Subsection
43621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43628 \begin_inset Index idx
43631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43638 \begin_inset Index idx
43641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43650 \begin_layout Description
43652 \begin_inset space ~
43655 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
43656 The name will be used when the
43661 \begin_inset Newline newline
43665 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43673 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
43681 \begin_layout Description
43683 \begin_inset space ~
43687 \begin_inset space ~
43691 \begin_inset space ~
43694 printer This option works only for the
43699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43711 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
43712 This is an option only for dvips experts.
43715 \begin_layout Description
43717 \begin_inset space ~
43720 command is the command LyX
43721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43725 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43728 LaTeX uses for printing.
43729 The default is on most systems
43736 \begin_layout Description
43738 \begin_inset space ~
43742 \begin_inset space ~
43745 Options Here you can specify printer options.
43746 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
43747 of the program that provides the
43754 \begin_layout Subsection
43756 \begin_inset Index idx
43759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43766 \begin_inset Index idx
43769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43770 Settings ! Date format
43778 \begin_layout Standard
43779 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
43780 \begin_inset Newline newline
43784 \begin_inset Flex URL
43787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43789 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
43795 \begin_inset Newline newline
43798 For example the format
43799 \begin_inset Newline newline
43803 \begin_inset Newline newline
43806 prints the date as day/month/year.
43809 \begin_layout Subsection
43813 \begin_layout Description
43815 \begin_inset space ~
43819 \begin_inset space ~
43822 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
43825 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43826 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43828 \begin_inset space ~
43834 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
43838 \begin_layout Description
43840 \begin_inset space ~
43843 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
43848 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
43849 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
43852 \begin_layout Subsection
43857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43867 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
43872 \begin_inset Index idx
43875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43884 \begin_layout Description
43886 \begin_inset space ~
43893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43901 \begin_inset space ~
43905 \begin_inset space ~
43908 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
43913 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
43935 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
43936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43948 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
43949 LyX sets up in the background.
43950 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
43953 \begin_layout Description
43955 \begin_inset space ~
43959 \begin_inset space ~
43962 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
43967 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
43970 \begin_layout Standard
43971 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
43972 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
43973 manuals of the applications.
43974 Currently the following commands can be set:
43977 \begin_layout Description
43982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43990 \begin_inset space ~
43993 command Command for the program
43997 that is described in the section
44003 Additional Features
44008 \begin_layout Description
44013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44021 \begin_inset space ~
44024 command Command for the program
44028 that generates the bibliography, see section
44029 \begin_inset space ~
44033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44035 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
44042 \begin_layout Description
44044 \begin_inset space ~
44047 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
44048 \begin_inset space ~
44052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44054 reference "sub:Index-Program"
44061 \begin_layout Description
44063 \begin_inset space ~
44066 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
44067 \begin_inset space ~
44071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44073 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
44080 \begin_layout Description
44082 \begin_inset space ~
44086 \begin_inset space ~
44090 \begin_inset space ~
44094 \begin_inset space ~
44097 options They only have an effect when the program
44101 is used as DVI-viewer.
44104 \begin_layout Standard
44105 There are additionally the following options:
44108 \begin_layout Description
44110 \begin_inset space ~
44114 \begin_inset space ~
44118 \begin_inset space ~
44122 \begin_inset space ~
44126 \begin_inset space ~
44129 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
44130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44147 to separate folders.
44148 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
44149 \begin_inset Index idx
44152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44159 \begin_inset Index idx
44162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44171 \begin_layout Description
44173 \begin_inset space ~
44177 \begin_inset space ~
44181 \begin_inset space ~
44185 \begin_inset space ~
44189 \begin_inset space ~
44193 \begin_inset space ~
44196 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
44198 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44201 dialog when changing the document class.
44204 \begin_layout Section
44206 \begin_inset space ~
44210 \begin_inset Index idx
44213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44222 \begin_layout Subsection
44224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44226 name "sub:Converters"
44231 \begin_inset Index idx
44234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44243 \begin_layout Standard
44244 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
44245 from one format to another.
44246 You can modify them or create new ones.
44247 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
44254 \begin_inset space ~
44264 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
44268 \begin_inset space ~
44273 drop-down list, modify the
44277 field, and press the
44284 \begin_layout Standard
44287 Converter File Cache
44289 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
44292 Maximum Age (in days
44295 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
44296 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
44299 \begin_layout Standard
44300 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
44301 the converter definition, is described in the section
44312 \begin_layout Subsection
44314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44316 name "sec:File-Formats"
44321 \begin_inset Index idx
44324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44331 \begin_inset Index idx
44334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44343 \begin_layout Standard
44344 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
44345 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
44349 \begin_layout Standard
44350 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
44351 is described in the section
44362 \begin_layout Standard
44363 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
44364 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
44365 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
44366 This is done by specifying a
44371 More about this is described in the section
44382 \begin_layout Chapter
44383 Units available in LyX
44384 \begin_inset Index idx
44387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44396 name "cha:Units-available-in"
44403 \begin_layout Standard
44404 To understand the units described in this documentation,
44405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44407 reference "cap:Units"
44411 explains all units available in LyX.
44414 \begin_layout Standard
44415 \begin_inset Float table
44421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44422 \begin_inset Caption
44424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44440 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44448 \begin_inset Tabular
44449 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
44450 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
44451 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
44452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
44454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44580 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44603 scaled point (65536
44604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44632 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44660 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44664 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
44668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44692 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44719 % of original image width
44726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44908 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44912 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44933 \begin_layout Chapter
44935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44944 \begin_layout Standard
44945 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
44946 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
44949 \begin_layout Itemize
44952 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
44955 \begin_layout Itemize
44961 \begin_layout Itemize
44967 \begin_layout Itemize
44973 \begin_layout Itemize
44979 \begin_layout Itemize
44985 \begin_layout Itemize
44991 \begin_layout Itemize
44997 \begin_layout Itemize
45000 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
45003 \begin_layout Itemize
45009 \begin_layout Itemize
45015 \begin_layout Itemize
45021 \begin_layout Itemize
45027 \begin_layout Itemize
45033 \begin_layout Itemize
45039 \begin_layout Itemize
45045 \begin_layout Itemize
45051 \begin_layout Itemize
45053 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45062 \begin_layout Standard
45063 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45066 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
45073 \begin_layout Bibliography
45074 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45075 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45076 LatexCommand bibitem
45083 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45086 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
45091 \begin_inset Newline newline
45095 \begin_inset Flex URL
45098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45100 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
45108 \begin_layout Bibliography
45109 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45110 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45111 LatexCommand bibitem
45112 key "latexcompanion"
45116 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
45118 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
45121 Addison-Wesley, 2004
45124 \begin_layout Bibliography
45125 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45126 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45127 LatexCommand bibitem
45132 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
45135 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
45138 Addison-Wesley, 2003
45141 \begin_layout Bibliography
45142 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45143 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45144 LatexCommand bibitem
45151 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
45154 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
45157 \begin_layout Bibliography
45158 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45159 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45160 LatexCommand bibitem
45172 Addison-Wesley, 1984
45175 \begin_layout Bibliography
45176 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45177 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45178 LatexCommand bibitem
45184 \begin_inset Newline newline
45188 \begin_inset Flex URL
45191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45193 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
45201 \begin_layout Bibliography
45202 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45203 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45204 LatexCommand bibitem
45210 \begin_inset Newline newline
45214 \begin_inset Flex URL
45217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45219 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
45227 \begin_layout Bibliography
45228 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45229 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45230 LatexCommand bibitem
45236 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45238 name "Documentation"
45239 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
45248 \begin_inset Newline newline
45252 \begin_inset Flex URL
45255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45257 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
45265 \begin_layout Bibliography
45266 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45267 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45268 LatexCommand bibitem
45274 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45276 name "Documentation"
45277 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
45281 how to use the program
45286 \begin_inset Newline newline
45290 \begin_inset Flex URL
45293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45295 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
45303 \begin_layout Bibliography
45304 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45305 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45306 LatexCommand bibitem
45312 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45314 name "Documentation"
45315 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
45324 \begin_inset Newline newline
45328 \begin_inset Flex URL
45331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45333 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
45341 \begin_layout Bibliography
45342 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45343 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45344 LatexCommand bibitem
45350 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45352 name "Documentation"
45353 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
45362 \begin_inset Newline newline
45366 \begin_inset Flex URL
45369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45371 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
45379 \begin_layout Bibliography
45380 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45381 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45382 LatexCommand bibitem
45388 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45390 name "Documentation"
45391 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
45395 of the LaTeX-package
45400 \begin_inset Index idx
45403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45404 LaTeX-packages ! caption
45410 \begin_inset Newline newline
45414 \begin_inset Flex URL
45417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45419 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
45427 \begin_layout Bibliography
45428 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45429 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45430 LatexCommand bibitem
45436 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45438 name "Documentation"
45439 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
45443 of the LaTeX-package
45448 \begin_inset Index idx
45451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45452 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
45458 \begin_inset Newline newline
45462 \begin_inset Flex URL
45465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45467 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
45475 \begin_layout Bibliography
45476 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45477 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45478 LatexCommand bibitem
45486 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45488 name "Documentation"
45489 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
45495 of the LaTeX-package
45500 \begin_inset Index idx
45503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45504 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
45510 \begin_inset Newline newline
45514 \begin_inset Flex URL
45517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45519 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
45527 \begin_layout Bibliography
45528 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45529 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45530 LatexCommand bibitem
45536 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45538 name "Documentation"
45539 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
45543 of the LaTeX-package
45548 \begin_inset Index idx
45551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45552 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
45558 \begin_inset Newline newline
45562 \begin_inset Flex URL
45565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45567 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
45575 \begin_layout Bibliography
45576 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45577 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45578 LatexCommand bibitem
45584 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45586 name "Documentation"
45587 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
45591 of the LaTeX-package
45596 \begin_inset Index idx
45599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45600 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
45606 \begin_inset Newline newline
45610 \begin_inset Flex URL
45613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45615 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
45623 \begin_layout Bibliography
45624 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45625 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45626 LatexCommand bibitem
45632 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45634 name "Documentation"
45635 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
45639 of the LaTeX-package
45644 \begin_inset Index idx
45647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45648 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
45654 \begin_inset Newline newline
45658 \begin_inset Flex URL
45661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45663 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
45671 \begin_layout Bibliography
45672 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45673 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45674 LatexCommand bibitem
45680 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45683 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
45687 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
45688 \begin_inset Newline newline
45692 \begin_inset Flex URL
45695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45697 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
45705 \begin_layout Bibliography
45706 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45707 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45708 LatexCommand bibitem
45714 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45717 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
45721 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
45722 \begin_inset Newline newline
45726 \begin_inset Flex URL
45729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45731 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
45739 \begin_layout Bibliography
45740 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45741 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45742 LatexCommand bibitem
45748 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45751 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
45755 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
45756 \begin_inset Newline newline
45760 \begin_inset Flex URL
45763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45765 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
45773 \begin_layout Bibliography
45774 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45775 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45776 LatexCommand bibitem
45782 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45785 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
45789 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
45790 \begin_inset Newline newline
45794 \begin_inset Flex URL
45797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45799 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
45807 \begin_layout Bibliography
45808 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45809 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45810 LatexCommand bibitem
45816 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45819 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
45823 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
45824 \begin_inset Newline newline
45828 \begin_inset Flex URL
45831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45833 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
45841 \begin_layout Bibliography
45842 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45843 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45844 LatexCommand bibitem
45850 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45853 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
45857 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
45858 \begin_inset Newline newline
45862 \begin_inset Flex URL
45865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45867 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
45875 \begin_layout Bibliography
45876 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45877 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45878 LatexCommand bibitem
45884 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45887 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
45891 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
45892 \begin_inset Newline newline
45896 \begin_inset Flex URL
45899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45901 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
45909 \begin_layout Bibliography
45910 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45911 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45912 LatexCommand bibitem
45918 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45921 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
45925 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
45926 \begin_inset Newline newline
45930 \begin_inset Flex URL
45933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45935 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
45943 \begin_layout Bibliography
45944 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45945 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45946 LatexCommand bibitem
45952 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45955 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
45959 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
45960 \begin_inset Newline newline
45964 \begin_inset Flex URL
45967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45969 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
45977 \begin_layout Bibliography
45978 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45979 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45980 LatexCommand bibitem
45986 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45989 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
45993 about new features in
45998 \begin_inset Newline newline
46002 \begin_inset Flex URL
46005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46007 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
46015 \begin_layout Standard
46016 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46050 \begin_inset Note Note
46053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46060 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
46061 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
46062 bibliography is the second one:
46070 \begin_layout Standard
46071 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
46072 LatexCommand bibtex
46073 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
46074 options "biblio/alphadin"
46081 \begin_layout Standard
46082 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
46085 \begin_layout Standard
46086 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
46087 LatexCommand printnomenclature
46093 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
46094 LatexCommand printindex